Siemens SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP страница 750 Скачать руководство пользователя

Страница: 750 / 980

3 Function diagrams
3.17 Free function blocks

SINAMICS G120D

750

List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313

3.17

Free function blocks

Function diagrams

7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups

7220 – ADD 0 ... 2, SUB 0 ... 1

756

7222 – MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1

7230 – MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1

7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2

765

7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1

Содержание SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

Страница 1: ...s SINAMICS SINAMICS G120D Control Units CU240D 2 CU250D 2 List Manual 01 2016 Edition ...

Страница 2: ......

Страница 3: ...st Manual Fundamental safety instructions 1 Parameters 2 Function diagrams 3 Faults and alarms 4 Appendix A Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU240D 2_DP 4 7 SP6 CU240D 2_DP_F 4 7 SP6 CU240D 2_PN 4 7 SP6 CU240D 2_PN_F 4 7 SP6 CU250D 2_DP_F 4 7 SP6 CU250D 2_PN_F 4 7 SP6 ...

Страница 4: ...n purposes could violate the rights of the owner Disclaimer of liability We have verified that the contents of this document correspond to the hardware and software described Since variance cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full consistency The information given in this document is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent e...

Страница 5: ...574 2 4 2 Connector inputs CI 577 2 4 3 Binector outputs BO 579 2 4 4 Connector outputs CO 581 2 4 5 Connector binector outputs CO BO 585 2 5 Parameters for write protection and know how protection 587 2 5 1 Parameters with WRITE_NO_LOCK 587 2 5 2 Parameters with KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK 587 2 5 3 Parameters with KHP_ACTIVE_READ 588 2 6 Quick commissioning p0010 1 589 3 Function diagrams 591 3 1 Table of...

Страница 6: ...hnology controller 771 3 19 Signals and monitoring functions 776 3 20 Diagnostics 789 3 21 Data sets 795 4 Faults and alarms 799 4 1 Overview of faults and alarms 800 4 1 1 General 800 4 1 2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms 804 4 1 3 Number ranges of faults and alarms 810 4 2 List of faults and alarms 812 A Appendix 955 A 1 ASCII table characters that can be displayed 956 A 2 Motor cod...

Страница 7: ...1 SINAMICS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 7 Fundamental safety instructions Content 1 1 General safety instructions 8 1 2 Industrial security 9 ...

Страница 8: ...lving severe injuries or death can occur Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation Consider the residual risks for the risk evaluation WARNING Danger to life or malfunctions of the machine as a result of incorrect or changed parameterization As a result of incorrect or changed parameterization machines can malfunction which in turn can lead to injuries or death Protect th...

Страница 9: ...e in use should also be considered You will find more information about industrial security at http www siemens com industrialsecurity To receive information about product updates on a regular basis register for our product newsletter You will find more information at http support automation siemens com WARNING Danger as a result of unsafe operating states resulting from software manipulation Soft...

Страница 10: ...1 Fundamental safety instructions 1 2 Industrial security SINAMICS G120D 10 List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 ...

Страница 11: ...11 Parameters Content 2 1 Overview of parameters 12 2 2 List of parameters 25 2 3 Parameters for data sets 562 2 4 BICO parameters connectors binectors 574 2 5 Parameters for write protection and know how protection 587 2 6 Quick commissioning p0010 1 589 ...

Страница 12: ... meaning of index 0 1 Name and meaning of index 1 2 Name and meaning of index 2 etc Dependency Text Refer to pxxxx rxxxx Refer to Fxxxxx Axxxxx Note Information that might be useful End of example The individual pieces of information are described in detail below pxxxx 0 n BICO Full parameter name abbreviated name CU PM variants Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be ch...

Страница 13: ...Setting the PROFIBUS telegram BICO interconnection p0922 Setting component lists p0230 p0300 p0301 p0400 Automatically calculating and pre assigning p0340 p3900 Restoring the factory settings p0970 The following applies to display parameters The fields Min Max and Factory setting are specified with a dash and the relevant unit in square parentheses p Adjustable parameters read and write r Display ...

Страница 14: ...nterconnection with other parameters CO BO Connector Binector Output This parameter is available as an analog and digital signal for interconnection with other parameters Note A BICO input BI CI cannot be interconnected with just any BICO output BO CO signal source When interconnecting a BICO input using the commissioning software only the corresponding possible signal sources are listed Function ...

Страница 15: ...erformed p0340 1 includes the calculations from p0340 2 3 4 5 p0340 2 calculates the motor parameters p0350 p0360 p0625 p0340 3 includes the calculations from p0340 4 5 p0340 4 only calculates the controller parameters p0340 5 only calculates the controller limits Parameters with a reference to p0340 after Calculated depend on the Power Module being used and the motor In this case the values at Fa...

Страница 16: ...number Integer16 I16 16 bit integer number Integer32 I32 32 bit integer number Unsigned8 U8 8 bits without sign Unsigned16 U16 16 bits without sign Unsigned32 U32 32 bits without sign FloatingPoint32 Float 32 bit floating point number Table 2 2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections BICO input parameter CI parameter BI parameter BICO output parameter Unsigned32 Integer16 Unsigned32 Integer...

Страница 17: ...nverted for a BICO interconnection The following reference variables are available p2000 p2007 Reference speed reference voltage etc PERCENT 1 0 100 4000H 4000 hex 100 wort or 4000 0000 hex 100 double word p0514 specific normalization Refer to the description for p0514 0 9 and p0515 0 19 to p0524 0 19 C x commissioning C Commissioning Drive commissioning is in progress p0010 0 Pulses cannot be ena...

Страница 18: ...ed and deleted when p0010 15 Unit group and unit selection The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square brackets after the values for Min Max and Factory setting For parameters where the unit can be switched over the specifications for Unit group and Unit selection determine the group to which this parameter belongs and with which parameter the unit can be changed over Example Unit grou...

Страница 19: ...roup p0505 Unit group Unit selection for p0505 Reference variable for 1 2 3 4 2_1 Hz Hz p2000 3_1 1 rpm 1 rpm p2000 5_1 Vrms Vrms p2001 5_2 V V p2001 5_3 V V p2001 6_2 Arms Arms p2002 6_5 A A p2002 7_1 Nm lbf ft p2003 7_2 Nm Nm lbf ft lbf ft 14_5 kW hp r2004 14_10 kW kW hp hp 21_1 C C F F 21_2 K K F F 39_1 1 s2 1 s2 p2007 Table 2 5 Unit group p0595 Unit group Unit selection for p0595 Reference var...

Страница 20: ...Max The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices Factory setting When all indices have the same factory setting index 0 is specified with the unit to represent all indices When the indices have different factory settings they are all listed individually with the unit Min Minimum value of the parameter unit Max Maximum value of the parameter unit Factory setting Value when delivered unit In t...

Страница 21: ...idered List of faults and alarms to be considered Safety guidelines Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material damage Information that must be observed to avoid any problems Information that the user may find useful Danger The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual see Legal information Page 4 Warning The des...

Страница 22: ...r specific data probes 0600 0699 Thermal monitoring maximum current operating hours motor data central probe 0700 0799 Control Unit terminals measuring sockets 0800 0839 CDS DDS data sets motor changeover 0840 0879 Sequence control e g signal source for ON OFF1 0880 0899 ESR parking control and status words 0900 0999 PROFIBUS PROFIdrive 1000 1199 Setpoint channel e g ramp function generator 1200 1...

Страница 23: ...0 4599 Terminal Board Terminal Module e g TB30 TM31 4600 4699 Sensor Module 4700 4799 Trace 4800 4849 Function generator 4950 4999 OA application 5000 5169 Spindle diagnostics 5200 5230 Current setpoint filter 5 10 r0108 21 5400 5499 System droop control e g shaft generator 5500 5599 Dynamic grid support solar 5600 5614 PROFIenergy 5900 6999 SINAMICS GM SM GL SL 7000 7499 Parallel connection of po...

Страница 24: ...consistency and storage 9500 9899 Safety Integrated 9900 9949 topology 9950 9999 Diagnostics internal 10000 10199 Safety Integrated 11000 11299 Free technology controller 0 1 2 20000 20999 Free function blocks FBLOCKS 21000 25999 Drive Control Chart DCC 50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER closed loop DC current control 61000 61001 PROFINET Table 2 6 Number ranges for SINAMICS continued Range Descriptio...

Страница 25: ...g on inhibited set OC OFF3 1 p0848 p0849 44 Switching on inhibited supply STO terminal w 24 V hardware 45 Switching on inhibited rectify fault acknowledge fault STO 46 Switching on inhibited exit commissioning mode p0010 70 Initialization 200 Wait for booting partial booting Dependency Refer to r0046 Notice For several missing enable signals the corresponding value with the highest number is displ...

Страница 26: ...missioning steps Value 0 Ready 1 Quick commissioning 2 Power unit commissioning 3 Motor commissioning 4 Encoder commissioning 5 Technological application units 15 Data sets 17 Basic positioner commissioning 25 Position control commissioning 29 Only Siemens int 30 Parameter reset 39 Only Siemens int 49 Only Siemens int 95 Safety Integrated commissioning Note The drive can only be switched on outsid...

Страница 27: ...ges are saved in the volatile memory RAM Non volatile storage from RAM to ROM is carried out in the following cases p0971 1 change from p0014 0 to 1 For p0014 1 With this setting alarm A01066 followed by alarm A01067 can occur if parameters are continually changed via a fieldbus system Parameter changes are entered in the volatile memory RAM and also in the non volatile buffer memory In the follow...

Страница 28: ...oothed r0020 and unsmoothed r0060 Description Display of the calculated and smoothed rotor speed Frequency components from the slip compensation for induction motors are not included Dependency Refer to r0022 r0063 Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The speed actual value is available smoothed r0021 r0022 ...

Страница 29: ...y and may only be used as a display quantity The output voltage is available smoothed r0025 and unsmoothed r0072 Description Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage Dependency Refer to r0070 Notice When measuring a DC link voltage 200 V for the Power Module a valid measured value is not supplied In this case when an external 24 V power supply is connected a value of approx 24 V i...

Страница 30: ...moothed field generating actual current Dependency Refer to r0076 Note Smoothing time constant 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The field generating current actual value is available smoothed r0029 and unsmoothed r0076 Description Displays the smoothed torque generating actual current Dependency Refer to r0078 r0027 CO Absolute actu...

Страница 31: ...endency This parameter is only available for vector control For U f control r0033 0 Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The torque utilization is available smoothed r0033 and unsmoothed r0081 For M_set total r0079 0 the following applies Required torque M_set total Actual torque limit M_max upper effective ...

Страница 32: ...p0612 p0613 p0627 r0632 Refer to F07011 A07012 Notice After the drive is switched on the system starts to determine the motor temperature with an assumed model value This means that the value for the motor utilization is only valid after a stabilization time Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity For r0034 200...

Страница 33: ...ubleshooting Note The value of 200 indicates that there is no measuring signal r0037 0 Maximum value of the inverter temperatures r0037 5 10 r0037 1 Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures r0037 13 18 r0037 2 Maximum value of the rectifier temperatures r0037 11 12 The maximum value is the temperature of the hottest inverter depletion layer or rectifier r0037 2 3 6 11 14 18 is only releva...

Страница 34: ...This display is used for a fluid flow machine The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 p3329 For an operating time of below 100 hours the display is interpolated up to 100 hours Description Display and connector output for the energy values at the output terminals of the power unit Index 0 Energy balance sum 1 Energy drawn 2 Energy fed back r0039 0 2 CO Energy display Energy displ Access leve...

Страница 35: ...ndex Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 p0045 Display values smoothing time constant Disp_val T_smooth Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6714 8012 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 10000 00 ms 4 00 ms r0046 0 31 CO BO Missing enable sig Missing enable sig Access level 1 Calcula...

Страница 36: ...able signal missing if the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal Bit 16 1 enable signal missing if there is an OFF1 fault response The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the switching on inhibited withdrawn with OFF1 0 Bit 17 1 enable signal missing if commissioning mode is selected p0010 0 there is an OFF2 fault response the drive is not operational Bit 18 1 en...

Страница 37: ...811 r0836 Note The Command Data Set selected using a binector input e g p0810 is displayed using r0836 Description Displays the effective Drive Data Set DDS Dependency Refer to p0820 p0821 r0837 Note When selecting the motor data identification routine and the rotating measurement the drive data set changeover is suppressed r0047 Motor data identification and speed controller optimization MotID an...

Страница 38: ...splay and BICO output for status word 2 r0052 0 15 CO BO Status word 1 ZSW 1 Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Ready for switching on Yes No 01 Ready Yes No 02 Operation enabled Yes No 03 Fault present Yes No 04 Coast down active OFF2 No Yes...

Страница 39: ...No 02 n_act p1080 n_min Yes No 03 I_act p2170 Yes No 04 n_act p2155 Yes No 05 n_act p2155 Yes No 06 n_act r1119 n_set Yes No 07 Vdc p2172 Yes No 08 Vdc p2172 Yes No 09 Ramp up ramp down completed Yes No 10 Technology controller output at the lower limit Yes No 11 Technology controller output at the upper limit Yes No r0054 0 15 CO BO Control word 1 STW 1 Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigne...

Страница 40: ...ay and BICO output for the status word of the closed loop control r0055 0 15 CO BO Supplementary control word Suppl STW Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2513 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Fixed setp bit 0 Yes No 01 Fixed setp bit 1 Yes No 02 Fixed setp bit 2 Yes No 03 F...

Страница 41: ...tive Inactive 6301 07 Frequency negative Yes No 08 Field weakening active Yes No 09 Voltage limit active Yes No 6714 10 Slip limit active Yes No 6310 11 Frequency limit active Yes No 12 Current limiting controller voltage output active Yes No 13 Current torque limiting Active Inactive 6060 r0060 CO Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter n_set before filt Access level 3 Calculated Data type Floa...

Страница 42: ...nsmoothed r0066 Description Display and connector output for the maximum output current of the power unit Dependency The maximum output current is determined by the parameterized current limit and the motor and converter thermal protection Refer to p0290 p0640 r0064 CO Speed controller system deviation n_ctrl sys dev Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 ...

Страница 43: ...red actual value of the DC link voltage Dependency Refer to r0026 Notice When measuring a DC link voltage 200 V for the Power Module a valid measured value is not supplied In this case when an external 24 V power supply is connected a value of approx 24 V is displayed in the display parameter Note The DC link voltage is available smoothed r0026 and unsmoothed r0070 r0068 0 1 CO Absolute current ac...

Страница 44: ...100 have no overcontrol The phase voltage phase to phase rms is calculated as follows r0074 x r0070 sqrt 2 x 100 The modulation depth is available smoothed r0028 and unsmoothed r0074 r0071 Maximum output voltage U_output max Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6301 6640 6700 6722 6723 6724 6725 ...

Страница 45: ...point at the output of the speed controller Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 r0075 CO Current setpoint field generating Id_set Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2002 Dyn index Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6700 6714 6725 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms r0076 CO Current actual value f...

Страница 46: ...s the instantaneous active power Index 0 Unsmoothed 1 Smoothed with p0045 2 Electric power Dependency Refer to r0032 Note The mechanical active power is available smoothed r0032 with 100 ms r0082 1 with p0045 and unsmoothed r0082 0 Description Displays the flux setpoint Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 r0080 0 1 CO Torque actual value M_act Access le...

Страница 47: ...uld be parameterized For p0100 1 the following applies The efficiency p0309 should be parameterized r0084 0 1 CO Flux actual value Flux act val Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6730 6731 Min Max Factory setting r0087 CO Actual power factor Cos phi act Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint...

Страница 48: ...changing the bits the rated motor voltage p0304 and the rated motor current p0305 are automatically converted to the selected connection type star delta For bit 01 87 Hz operation is only possible in the delta connection type When selected the maximum speed p1082 is automatically pre assigned for a maximum output frequency of 87 Hz Description Sets the number of Command Data Sets CDS Dependency Re...

Страница 49: ...ription Displays the bootloader version Index 0 Displays the bootloader version Index 1 Displays the bootloader version 3 for CU320 2 and CU310 2 Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available Dependency Refer to r0018 r0198 Note Example The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01 01 01 00 p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets DDS DDS count Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be chan...

Страница 50: ...0 is checked and if necessary adjusted Description Displays the type of power unit found Value 2 MICROMASTER 440 3 MICROMASTER 411 4 MICROMASTER 410 5 MICROMASTER 436 6 MICROMASTER 440 PX 7 MICROMASTER 430 100 SINAMICS S 101 SINAMICS S value 102 SINAMICS S combi 103 SINAMICS S120M distributed 112 PM220 SINAMICS G120 r0198 0 2 BIOS EEPROM data version BIOS EEPROM vers Access level 4 Calculated Data...

Страница 51: ...duty cycle with low overload for vector drives 6 S1 duty cycle for internal use 7 S6 duty cycle for internal use Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to r3996 Notice The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored see p0010 30 p0970 When the power unit use is changed short term communication i...

Страница 52: ...yc 4 S6 load duty cycle Dependency Refer to p0205 Description Displays the rated line supply voltage of the power unit r0208 400 380 480 V 10 r0208 500 500 600 V 10 r0208 690 660 690 V 10 Description Displays the maximum output current of the power unit r0206 0 4 Rated power unit power PU P_rated Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group 14_6 U...

Страница 53: ... parameters are influenced using p0230 p0230 1 p0233 power unit motor reactor filter inductance p0230 4 p0290 power unit overload response inhibit pulse frequency reduction p1802 modulator modes space vector modulation without overcontrol The user must set the following parameters according to the data sheet of the sine wave filter and also the user must check whether they are permitted p0233 powe...

Страница 54: ...des the sum of all of the capacitances of a phase connected in series phase ground When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 1 the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero For this reason the parameter value of a third party filter only has to be entered outside the commissioning phase p0010 0 The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an inter...

Страница 55: ...oad threshold is reached 2 Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse not using I2t 3 Reduce the pulse frequency not using I2t 12 I_output or f_output and automatic pulse frequency reduction 13 Automatic pulse frequency reduction Dependency If a sine wave filter is parameterized as output filter p0230 3 4 then only responses can be selected without pulse frequency reduction p0290 0 1 For a thermal po...

Страница 56: ...eat sink temperature 1 Power semiconductor chip temperature Dependency Refer to r0037 p0290 Refer to A05000 Description Sets the alarm threshold for the I2t power unit overload If this threshold is exceeded an overload alarm is generated and the system responds as parameterized in p0290 Dependency Refer to r0036 p0290 Refer to A07805 Note The I2t fault threshold is 100 If this value is exceeded fa...

Страница 57: ...100 Motor data are automatically loaded from an internal list Value 0 No motor 1 Induction motor 2 Synchronous motor 10 1LE1 induction motor not a code number 13 1LG6 induction motor not a code number 17 1LA7 induction motor not a code number 19 1LA9 induction motor not a code number 100 1LE1 induction motor 101 1PC1 induction motor 271 1FG1 synchronous geared motor without encoder 277 1FK7 synchr...

Страница 58: ...for parameters for a motor with DRIVE CLiQ In this case p0300 can only be set to p0300 10000 or 10001 read motor parameters or to the corresponding non Siemens motor first digit of the motor code number in order to be able to cancel the write protection Description Selecting the motor type The first digit of the parameter value always defines the general motor type and corresponds to the third par...

Страница 59: ...ct a motor from a motor parameter list When changing the code number with the exception to the value 0 all of the motor parameters are pre assigned from the internally available parameter lists Dependency Code numbers can only be selected for motor types that correspond to the motor type selected in p0300 Refer to p0300 Note The motor code number can only be changed if the matching catalog motor w...

Страница 60: ... motors in parallel must be carefully maintained The number of motors set must correspond to the number of motors that are actually connected in parallel After changing p0306 it is imperative that the control parameters are adapted e g using automatic calculation with p0340 1 p3900 0 For induction motors that are connected in parallel but which are not mechanically coupled with one another then th...

Страница 61: ... with p0311 if p0314 0 The rated frequency is restricted to values between 1 00 Hz and 650 00 Hz Refer to p0311 r0313 p0314 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection If p0310 is changed during quick commissioning p0010 1 the maximum speed p1082 whic...

Страница 62: ...uld be carefully observed when removing write protection Description Displays the number of motor pole pairs The value is used for internal calculations r0313 1 2 pole motor r0313 2 4 pole motor etc Dependency For p0314 0 the entered value is displayed in r0313 For p0314 0 the pole pair number r0313 is automatically calculated from the rated power p0307 rated frequency p0310 and rated speed p0311 ...

Страница 63: ...0 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Description Induction motors Sets the rated motor magnetizing current For p0320 0 000 the magnetizing current is internally calculated and displayed in r0331 Synchronous motors Sets the rated motor short circuit current Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Inform...

Страница 64: ... is set in p0329 The two stage technique is selected with p1980 4 Dependency Refer to p0329 p1980 r1984 r1985 r1987 Refer to F07969 Notice When the motor code p0301 is changed it is possible that p0325 is not pre assigned p0325 can be pre assigned using p0340 3 Note The value is automatically pre assigned for the following events For p0325 0 and automatic calculation of the closed loop control par...

Страница 65: ...ite protection Note For synchronous motors without reluctance torque the value 0 must be set Description Sets the current for the pole position identification routine p1980 1 For a two stage technique p1980 4 the current is set here for the 2nd phase The current of the 1st phase is set in p0325 Dependency If a maximum current p0323 was not parameterized then p0329 is limited to the rated motor cur...

Страница 66: ...entered the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx Description Displays the rated motor torque Dependency IEC drives p0100 0 unit Nm NEMA drives p0100 1 unit lbf ft Note For induction motors r0333 is calculated from p0307 and p0311 For synchronous motors r0333 is calculated from p0305 p0316 p0327 and p0328 r0330 0 n ...

Страница 67: ... motor parameters and U f open loop and closed loop control parameters from the rating plate data Value 0 No calculation 1 Complete calculation 2 Calculation of equivalent circuit diagram parameters 3 Calculation of closed loop control parameters 4 Calculation of controller parameters 5 Calculation of technological limits and threshold values r0334 0 n Actual motor torque constant Mot kT act Acces...

Страница 68: ...he end of the calculations p0340 is automatically set to 0 Description Sets the motor moment of inertia without load Dependency IEC drives p0100 0 unit kg m 2 NEMA drives p0100 1 unit lb ft 2 The parameter value is included together with p0342 in the rated starting time of the motor Refer to p0342 r0345 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is...

Страница 69: ...t r0384 If this time is excessively reduced this can result in an inadequate magnetizing of the induction motor This is the case if the current limit is reached while building up magnetizing For induction motors the parameter cannot be set to 0 s internal limit 0 1 r0384 For permanent magnet synchronous motors and vector control the value depends on the stator time constant r0386 Here it defines t...

Страница 70: ... measured total resistance if p0352 is zero at the time that the measurement is made If p0352 is not zero then the value is subtracted from the measured total stator resistance to calculate stator resistance p0350 In this case p0350 is a minimum of 10 of the measured value The cable resistance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 If the stator resistance is available in a motor...

Страница 71: ... motor identification routine p1910 Note For permanent magnet synchronous motors p0300 2 this is the non saturated value and is ideal for a low current Description Sets the rotor secondary section leakage inductance of the motor The value is automatically calculated using the motor model p0340 1 2 or using the motor identification routine p1910 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this para...

Страница 72: ...aracteristic Sets the second flux value of the saturation characteristic as a referred to the rated motor flux 100 Dependency The following applies for the flux values p0362 p0363 p0364 p0365 Refer to p0367 Note For induction motors p0363 100 corresponds to the rated motor flux When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p030...

Страница 73: ...the characteristic Sets the first magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in with reference to the rated magnetization current r0331 Dependency The following applies for the magnetizing currents p0366 p0367 p0368 p0369 Refer to p0362 Note When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description The saturat...

Страница 74: ...g currents p0366 p0367 p0368 p0369 Refer to p0365 Note When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description Displays the motor stator resistance at an ambient temperature p0625 The value does not include the cable resistance Dependency Refer to p0625 Description Displays the total cable resistance between power unit ...

Страница 75: ... r0373 0 n Motor rated stator resistance Mot R_stator rated Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting ohm ohm ohm r0374 0 n Motor rotor resistance cold Mot R_r cold Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagr...

Страница 76: ...nce Dependency In the case of induction motors the parameter is also affected by the motor temperature model Refer to p0350 p0352 p0620 Note In each case only the stator resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the stator temperature of the thermal motor model r0382 0 n Motor magnetizing inductance transformed Mot L_magn transf Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Ca...

Страница 77: ...coder p0400 9999 Note The encoder data e g pulse number p0408 can only be changed when p0400 9999 Description Selects the encoder from the list of encoder types supported Value 0 No encoder 3001 1024 HTL A B R 3003 2048 HTL A B R 3005 1024 HTL A B 3007 2048 HTL A B 3081 SSI Singleturn 24 V 3082 SSI Multiturn 4096 24 V r0396 0 n Actual rotor resistance R_rotor act Access level 3 Calculated Data typ...

Страница 78: ... occur at irregular intervals e g a linear scale with only 1 zero mark in the traversing range The zero mark distance is not monitored For bit 14 distance coded zero mark The distance clearance between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be calculated Description Settings for the basic encoder properties p0404 0 n Encoder configuration effective Enc_config eff CU2...

Страница 79: ... catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note For bit 00 For G120D only Bipolar is supported For bit 01 For G120D only HTL is supported For bit 02 When the function is activated track monitoring can be de activated by setting p0437 26 For bit 03 For G120D only Same as track A B is supported F...

Страница 80: ...n volatile saved position values are automatically reset when an encoder replacement has been identified when changing the configuration of the Encoder Data Set EDS p0408 0 n Rotary encoder pulse number Rot enc pulse No Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 4 Scaling Dyn index EDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4010 4704 Min Max Factory setting 0 16777215 2048 p04...

Страница 81: ...ion is determined and depending on this the following is initiated Difference within the tolerance window The position is reproduced as a result of the encoder actual value Difference outside the tolerance window An appropriate message is output Caution Rotation e g through a complete encoder range is not detected Note The value is entered in integer complete encoder pulses For p0411 0 1 the value...

Страница 82: ...re set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note The serial protocol of an absolute encoder provides the position with a certain resolution e g 100 nm This value must be entered here Description Sets the number of measuring steps pe...

Страница 83: ...electing a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note SSI Synchronous Serial Interface Description Sets the minimum delay time between two data transfers of the absolute value for an SSI encoder Notice This parameter is automatically pre set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When sel...

Страница 84: ...r bit 27 extrapolate position values if bit 1 the extrapolation of the position values is activated Description Sets the encoder revolutions for the gearbox factor of the encoder evaluation The gearbox factor specifies the ratio between the encoder shaft and motor shaft for motor encoders or between the encoder shaft and the load p0429 0 n Encoder SSI configuration Enc SSI config CU250D 2_PN_F CU2...

Страница 85: ...ned increasing consecutively the level set under c applies to all error bits Example p0434 1013 The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a low level p0434 1113 The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a high level Description Sets the position and level of the alarm bit in the SSI protocol Notice The bit may only be positioned before p044...

Страница 86: ...m Experts can then evaluate this data For bit 01 If bit 0 the zero mark is evaluated by ANDing tracks A and B and the zero mark For bit 1 the zero mark is evaluated depending on the direction of rotation detected For a positive direction of rotation the positive edge of the zero mark is considered and for a negative direction of rotation the negative edge of the zero mark p0436 0 n Encoder SSI par...

Страница 87: ...k the absolute value in Gn_XIST2 can be requested via Gn_STW 13 The absolute value is only valid after passing the zero mark For bit 26 Track monitoring is de activated for the square wave encoders when the bit is set even if the monitoring function is selected in p0405 2 Description Sets the filter time for a squarewave encoder The hardware of the squarewave encoder only supports the following va...

Страница 88: ...ned at these bits Description Sets the number of filler bits for double absolute value transfer in the SSI protocol Dependency Refer to p0429 Notice This parameter is automatically pre set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note T...

Страница 89: ...rewave encoder filter time display Enc t_filt displ Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting µs µs µs p0453 0 n Pulse encoder evaluation zero speed measuring time Enc_ev n_0 t_meas Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 4 Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Un...

Страница 90: ...03 Track A B sq wave Yes No 09 SSI encoder Yes No 12 Equidistant zero mark Yes No 13 Irregular zero mark Yes No 14 Distance coded zero mark Yes No 21 Voltage level 24 V Yes No r0458 0 2 Sensor Module properties SM properties Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4704 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1...

Страница 91: ...es No 01 Zero mark edge detection Yes No 02 Correction position actual value XIST1 Yes No 04 Edge evaluation bit 0 Yes No 05 Edge evaluation bit 1 Yes No 06 Freeze the speed actual value for dn dt errors Yes No 07 Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Yes No 09 Function p0426 p0439 supported Yes No 10 Pulse direction interface Yes No 11 Fault handling after PROFIdrive Yes No 12 Activate additional...

Страница 92: ...CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4720 4750 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 1 0 2 0 p0480 0 2 CI Encoder control word Gn_STW signal source Enc Gn_STW S_src CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 93: ...e p0115 4 the update time in isochronous operation corresponds to the bus cycle time r2064 1 the update time in isochronous operation and with position control EPOS corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115 4 the update time in non isochronous operation or without position control EPOS comprises the following Update time 4 least common multiple LCM of all current controller clock cy...

Страница 94: ...t reference mark search due to an initialization error 4098 Abort flying measurement due to an initialization error 4099 Abort reference mark search due to a measuring error 4100 Abort flying measurement due to a measuring error Description Displays the raw value of the incremental encoder actual value before the measuring gear Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Description Displays the raw...

Страница 95: ...01 Request function 2 Yes No 02 Request function 3 Yes No 03 Request function 4 Yes No 04 Request command bit 0 Yes No 05 Request command bit 1 Yes No 06 Request command bit 2 Yes No 07 Flying measurement mode search for reference mark Flying measurement Reference marks 13 Request absolute value cyclic Yes No 14 Request parking encoder Yes No 15 Request acknowledge encoder fault Yes No p0488 0 2 M...

Страница 96: ...loop or closed loop control type p1300 of this data set must match that of the original data set e g p1300 21 Encoderless closed loop controlled operation is kept when changing over For a value 4 the following applies the value can only be set for all data sets when p1231 4 DC braking must be commissioned p1232 p1233 p1234 For a value 5 the following applies Same function as for value 1 However fa...

Страница 97: ...ue 0 No selection via BERO 21 DI 1 X07 2 23 DI 3 X08 2 Dependency Refer to p0490 Note Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive Description Selects the trace signal to be output in r0497 r0498 and r0499 for encoder diagnostics Value 0 Inactive 1 r0497 Mechanical revolution 12 r0498 Fine position Phi r0499 23 r0497 Zero mark status 30 r0497 Absolute position serial 31 r0497 Absolute position in...

Страница 98: ...utput is selected in p0496 Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Dependency Refer to p0496 r0498 r0499 Description Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics low component The signal to be output is selected in p0496 Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Dependency Refer to p0496 r0497 r0499 Description Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics high component The signal to b...

Страница 99: ...rating mode is possible for passive loads These include applications where the load does not generate regenerative torque when breaking away and the motor comes to a standstill zero speed itself when the pulses are inhibited For p1802 p1803 p1802 and p1803 are only changed in all cases if a sine wave output filter p0230 3 4 has not been selected Description Sets the actual system of units Value 1 ...

Страница 100: ...519 0 19 5 Parameters in p0520 0 19 6 Parameters in p0521 0 19 7 Parameters in p0522 0 19 8 Parameters in p0523 0 19 9 Parameters in p0524 0 19 Dependency Refer to p0515 p0516 p0517 p0518 p0519 p0520 p0521 p0522 p0523 p0524 Description Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514 0 for the specific scaling p0515 0 parameter number p0515 1 parameter number p0515 2 parameter number p0515 19 par...

Страница 101: ...value in p0514 4 for the specific scaling p0519 0 parameter number p0519 1 parameter number p0519 2 parameter number p0519 19 parameter number Dependency Refer to p0514 p0517 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 2 Scal spec p514 2 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 ...

Страница 102: ... 8 for the specific scaling p0520 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 5 Scal spec p514 5 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0521 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 6 Scal spec p514 6 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned...

Страница 103: ...missible input torque at the load gearbox p0524 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 9 Scal spec p514 9 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0541 0 n Load gearbox code number Load grbx CodeNo Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed ...

Страница 104: ...ulated Data type Integer32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 2147483647 0 p0546 0 n Load gearbox output direction of rotation inversion Load grbx outp inv Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 2147483647 0 p0550 0 n Br...

Страница 105: ...rameters Description Sets the input terminal for the measuring probe for speed actual value measurement Value 0 No meas probe 21 DI 1 X07 2 23 DI 3 X08 2 Dependency Refer to p0581 Refer to A07498 Note DI Digital Input p0553 0 n Brake holding torque Brake M_hold Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagra...

Страница 106: ...uring probe edge MT edge Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p0582 Measuring probe pulses per revolution MT pulses per rev Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 1 12 1 p0583 M...

Страница 107: ...or p0580 0 no measuring probe a value of zero is displayed here Description Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller For p0595 1 2 the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active Value 1 2 1 referred no dimensions 3 bar 4 C 5 Pa 6 ltr s 7 m s 8 ltr min 9 m min 10 ltr h r0587 CO Measuring probe measuring time measured MT t_meas measured Access level 3 Calculated Data type...

Страница 108: ...over from into another unit the following sequence applies set p0596 set p0595 to the required unit Description Sets the reference quantity for the technological units When changing over using changeover parameter p0595 to absolute units all of the parameters involved refer to the reference quantity Dependency Refer to p0595 Notice When changing over from one technological unit into another or whe...

Страница 109: ... and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note The hysteresis is 2 K When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description Sets the threshold and temperature value to monitor the motor temperature Temperature model 1 I2t p0612 0 1 The following applies for...

Страница 110: ...oring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY PT1000 This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold p0604 is exceeded If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has in the meantime not been fallen below then fault F07011 is output If the temperature fault threshold p0605 is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired then fault F07011 is immediately outpu...

Страница 111: ...nt specifies the warm up time of the cold stator winding when loaded with the motor standstill current rated motor current if the motor standstill current is not parameterized up until a temperature rise of 63 of the continuously permissible winding temperature has been reached Dependency The parameter is only used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx 4 and synchronous reluctance motors p0300 6xx Refe...

Страница 112: ... be simultaneously activated with another motor temperature model For bit 08 This bit is used to extend the motor temperature model 1 I2t The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 only bit 0 this bit has no function Temperature model 1 operates in the standard mode Overtemperature at rated load p0605 40 C Alarm threshold p0605 Fault threshold p0615 The following applies from firmware vers...

Страница 113: ...ly effective for p0610 12 and refers to the overtemperature Description Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 1 I2t The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded fault threshold for r0034 100 p0615 40 p0605 40 The following applies from firmware version 4 7 SP6 and p0612 8 1 the fa...

Страница 114: ...re of the stator winding is calculated The result is used to initialize the thermal motor model p0621 1 Identification of the stator resistance only when the drive is switched on for the first time pulse enable after booting the Control Unit p0621 2 Identification of the stator resistance every time the drive is switched on pulse enable Value 0 No Rs identification 1 Rs identification after switch...

Страница 115: ...sents the maximum possible magnetizing time during identification The entire measurement period magnetizing plus measurement settling time plus measuring time will always be greater than p0346 Description Displays the stator resistance determined using the Rs identification after switching on again Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p0621 p062...

Страница 116: ...erved when removing write protection Note When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity Description Defines the rated overtemperature of the squirrel cage rotor referred to ambient temperature in the motor temperature model 2 p0612...

Страница 117: ...election p0505 Func diagram 8018 Min Max Factory setting C C C r0631 0 n Mot_temp_mod stator iron temperature Mod T_stator Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2006 Dyn index MDS Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8018 Min Max Factory setting C C C r0632 0 n Mot_temp_mod stator winding temperature Mod T_winding Access level 2 Calculated Data ty...

Страница 118: ...utomatic parameterization with p0340 3 5 p0640 is limited to 4 0 x p0305 p0640 is pre assigned for the automatic self commissioning routine e g to 1 5 x p0305 with p0305 r0207 1 p0640 must be entered when commissioning the system This is the reason that p0640 is not calculated by the automatic parameterization when exiting the quick commissioning p3900 0 Description Sets the signal source for the ...

Страница 119: ...itched on independent of the magnitude of the precharging threshold Description Displays the number of inputs and outputs Index 0 Number of digital inputs 1 Number of digital outputs 2 Number of digital input outputs bidirectional 3 Number of analog inputs 4 Number of analog outputs Description Displays the actual value at the digital inputs p0650 0 n Actual motor operating hours Mot t_oper act Ac...

Страница 120: ... 2 High Low 11 DI 11 X10 3 AI 0 High Low 12 DI 12 X10 4 AI 1 High Low r0721 CU digital inputs terminal actual value CU DI term act val CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2201 2210 2256 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 0 X07 4 High Low 01 DI 1 X...

Страница 121: ...gh Low 04 DI 4 X09 4 High Low 05 DI 5 X09 2 High Low r0723 0 12 CO BO CU digital inputs status inverted CU DI status inv CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2201 2210 2256 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 0 X07 4 High Low...

Страница 122: ...logy controller output at the lower limit r0053 11 Technology controller output at the upper limit Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note DO Digital Output Description Sets the signal source for terminal DO 1 X05 2 Recommendation r0052 0 Ready for switching on r0052 1 Ready for operation r0052 2 Operation enabled r0052 3 Fault present r0052 4...

Страница 123: ...outputs Note DO Digital Output T Terminal Relay output NO normally open NC normally closed Description Display and binector output for the status of the analog inputs r0747 CU digital outputs status CU DO status Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2130 2131 2132 2133 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name...

Страница 124: ...e breakage Yes No 09 Analog input AI1 no wire breakage Yes No r0752 0 1 CO CO CU analog inputs input voltage current actual CU AI U I_inp act CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p0514 Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 9566 9568 9576 Min Max Factory setting p0753 0 1 CU analog inputs smoothing ...

Страница 125: ...g characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the y coordinate percentage of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AI0 X10 3 1 AI1 X10 4 Note The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect p0757 0 1 CU analog inputs characteristic value x1 CU AI char x1 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Cal...

Страница 126: ...3 1 AI1 X10 4 Note AI Analog Input T Terminal Description Sets the simulation mode for digital inputs p0761 0 1 CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold CU WireBrkThresh CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 9566 9568 Min Max Factory sett...

Страница 127: ...5 X09 2 Simulation Terminal eval 11 DI11 X10 3 7 AI0 Simulation Terminal eval 12 DI12 X10 4 7 AI1 Simulation Terminal eval p0795 CU digital inputs simulation mode CU DI simulation CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2201 2210 2256 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Si...

Страница 128: ...is parameterized as a voltage input p0756 the setpoint is a voltage in V Refer to p0756 p0797 Note This parameter is not saved when data is backed up p0971 AI Analog Input p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint CU DI simul setp CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2201 2210 2...

Страница 129: ...ot influenced by data transfer Description Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non volatile device memory Example 1 The parameter backup is to be transferred from the non volatile device memory to the memory card with setting 0 The parameter backup is to be stored on the memory card with setting 22 p0802 22 parameter backup stored on memory card as ta...

Страница 130: ...oaded to the memory card with setting 0 Therefore we do not recommend parameter backup with setting 0 p0803 0 in the non volatile device memory Dependency Refer to p0802 p0803 Notice The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred For p0014 1 the following applies After the value has been modified no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996 M...

Страница 131: ...om 0 to 1 p0809 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed Description Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 CDS bit 0 Dependency Refer to r0050 p0811 r0836 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836 The currently effective command data ...

Страница 132: ... drive data set is to be copied 2 In index 1 enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into 3 Start copying set index 2 from 0 to 1 p0819 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed Description Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set bit 0 DDS bit 0 Dependency Refer to r0051 r0837 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be chang...

Страница 133: ...ired for the internal parameter calculation For bit 04 A data set changeover is only carried out when the armature short circuit is not activated For bit 05 A data set changeover is only carried out when pole position identification is not running For bit 07 A data set changeover is only carried out when rotating measurement is not running For bit 08 A data set changeover is only carried out when ...

Страница 134: ...ineffective Notice For binector input p0840 0 signal the motor can be moved jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056 The command ON OFF OFF1 can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055 p1056 For binector input p0840 0 signal the switching on inhibited is acknowledged Only the signal source that originally switched on can also switch off again The parameter may be protected as a result of ...

Страница 135: ...ignal change of the source Dependency Refer to p1055 p1056 Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is ineffective Notice For binector input p0840 0 signal the motor can be moved jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056 The command ON OFF OFF1 can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055 p1056 For binector input p0840 0 signal the switching on inhibited is ackno...

Страница 136: ...l source for the command No coast down coast down OFF2 The following signals are AND ed BI p0844 No coast down coast down OFF2 signal source 1 BI p0845 No coast down coast down OFF2 signal source 2 For the PROFIdrive profile the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 STW1 1 BI p0844 0 signal or BI p0845 0 signal OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhib...

Страница 137: ...0848 1 signal and BI p0849 1 signal no OFF3 enable is possible Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is ineffective Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note For drives with closed loop torque control activated using p1501 the following applies BI p0848 0 signal no dedicated braking response but pulse suppression w...

Страница 138: ...to control word 1 bit 2 STW1 2 BI p0848 0 signal or BI p0849 0 signal OFF3 braking along the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited BI p0848 1 signal and BI p0849 1 signal no OFF3 enable is possible Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is effective Note For drives with closed loop torque control activated using p1501 the following applies ...

Страница 139: ...l fails F07220 If there is no control available then binector input p0854 should be set to 1 If a control is available then STW1 10 must be set to 1 PZD1 so that the received data is updated This applies regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration p0922 999 Description Sets the signal source for the command control by PLC no control by PLC For the PROFIdr...

Страница 140: ...ss Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to r0898 Note If enable speed controller is withdrawn then an existing brake will be closed If enable speed controller is withdrawn the pulses are not suppressed Description Sets the monitoring time for the power unit The monitoring time is started after an 0 1 edge of the ON OFF1 command If the power unit does not return a READY signal within the monito...

Страница 141: ...he particular drive object is set as the signal source for the feedback signal of the line contactor BI p0860 r0863 1 Note The state of the line contactor is monitored depending on signal BO r0863 1 When the monitoring is activated BI p0860 not equal to r0863 1 fault F07300 is then also output if the contactor is closed before it is controlled using r0863 1 Description Sets the monitoring time of ...

Страница 142: ...drawing STO the switching on inhibited must be acknowledged via the source of p0840 0 OFF1 and before the main contactor holding time expires p0867 should go back to 1 otherwise the main contactor will open Description Sets the signal source to select the parking axis function r0863 0 1 CO BO Drive coupling status word control word CoupleZSW STW Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can b...

Страница 143: ...n Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 ON OFF1 Yes No 01 OC OFF2 Yes No 02 OC OFF3 Yes No 03 Operation enable Yes No 04 Ramp function generator enable Yes No 05 Continue ramp function generator Yes No 06 Speed setpoint enable Yes No 07 Command open brake Yes No 08 Jog 1 Yes No 3001 09 Jog 2 Yes No 3001 10 Master control by PLC Yes No 12 Speed controller enable Yes ...

Страница 144: ...egram 350 PZD 4 4 352 SIEMENS telegram 352 PZD 6 6 353 SIEMENS telegram 353 PZD 2 2 PKW 4 4 354 SIEMENS telegram 354 PZD 6 6 PKW 4 4 999 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency Refer to p2038 Refer to F01505 Note For p0922 100 199 p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed This means that for these telegrams the SIMODRIVE 611 universal interface mode is set and can...

Страница 145: ...er has been read out consistently Dependency Refer to r0945 r0947 r0948 r0949 r2109 Description Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred Dependency Refer to r0947 r0948 r0949 r2109 r2130 r2133 r2136 r3120 r3122 Notice The properties of the fault buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to ...

Страница 146: ...r2130 r2133 r2136 r3120 r3122 Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945 Description Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset r0946 0 65534 Fault code list Fault code list Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be chang...

Страница 147: ...pe see below r0964 2 403 first part of the firmware version V04 03 for second part refer to index 6 r0964 3 2010 year 2010 r0964 4 1705 17th of May r0964 5 2 2 drive objects r0964 6 200 second part firmware version complete version V04 03 02 00 Device type r0964 1 6410 SINAMICS G120 CU240D 2_DP r0964 1 6420 SINAMICS G120 CU240D 2_DP_F r0964 1 6411 SINAMICS G120 CU240D 2_PN r0964 1 6421 SINAMICS G1...

Страница 148: ...d with p0971 11 12 Start loading the parameters saved with p0971 12 30 Start loading the delivery state saved with p0971 30 100 Start a BICO interconnection reset 300 Only Siemens int Dependency Refer to F01659 Notice After the value has been modified no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996 Modifications can be made again when r3996 0 When the buffer memory ...

Страница 149: ...ncy Refer to p0970 p1960 p3845 r3996 Caution If a memory card optional is inserted and the USB interface is not used the following applies The parameters are also saved on the card and therefore overwrite any existing data Notice The Control Unit power supply may only be switched off after data has been saved i e after data save has been started wait until the parameter again has the value 0 Writi...

Страница 150: ... 0 the reset was successfully executed p0972 0 the reset was not executed Description Displays the actual position encoder used according to PROFIdrive Index 0 Header 1 Type encoder 1 2 Resolution enc 1 3 Shift factor G1_XIST1 4 Shift factor G1_XIST2 5 Distinguishable revolutions encoder 1 6 10 Reserved 11 Type encoder 2 12 Resolution enc 2 13 Shift factor G2_XIST1 14 Shift factor G2_XIST2 15 Dist...

Страница 151: ...s the value 0 then the list ends here This list consists solely of the following parameters r0980 0 299 r0981 0 299 r0989 0 299 The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software However they can be read from a higher level control system e g PROFIBUS master Description Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive ...

Страница 152: ...US master Description Sets the source for the speed setpoint For single digit values the following applies The value specifies the main setpoint For double digit values the following applies The left hand digit specifies the supplementary setpoint the right hand digit the main setpoint Example Value 26 The analog setpoint 2 supplies the supplementary setpoint The fieldbus 6 supplies the main setpo...

Страница 153: ... the fieldbus the following BICO interconnection is set automatically p2051 1 r0063 Notice The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922 For PROFIBUS PROFINET Control Units the following applies The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 999 When executing a specific macro the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active Description Sets the source for the speed se...

Страница 154: ... 3 Dependency Refer to p1020 p1021 p1022 p1023 r1024 r1197 Notice A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Description Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 4 Dependency Refer to p1020 p1021 p1022 p1023 r1024 r1197 Notice A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effe...

Страница 155: ...elongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set p1005 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 5 n_set_fixed 5 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3010 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1006 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 6 n_set_fixed 6 Access level...

Страница 156: ...ngs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set p1010 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 10 n_set_fixed 10 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3010 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1011 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 11 n_set_fixed 11 Access leve...

Страница 157: ...r selecting the fixed speed setpoint Dependency Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 p1023 Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197 Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 15 using p1001 p1015 Refer to p1020 p1022 p1023 r1197 Note If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected p1020 p1023 0 r1197 0 then r1024 0 setpoint 0 p1015 0 n CO Fixed speed se...

Страница 158: ...quired fixed speed setpoint using p1020 p1023 Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197 Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 15 using p1001 p1015 Refer to p1070 r1197 Note If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected p1020 p1023 0 r1197 0 then r1024 0 setpoint 0 Description Display and binector output for the status when selecting the fixed speed setpoints Depen...

Страница 159: ...d p1082 It is calculated as follows r 0 01 p1082 1 s 0 13 2 s 2 The jerk acts up until the maximum acceleration is reached a_max p1082 1 s p1047 s and then the drive continues to run linearly with a constant rate of acceleration The higher the maximum acceleration the lower that p1047 is the longer the ramp up time increases with respect to the set ramp up time For bit 03 0 Non volatile data save ...

Страница 160: ...r to p1035 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the maximum speed velocity for the motorized potentiometer Note This parameter is automatically pre assigned in the commissioning phase The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value see function diagram 3020 p1035 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer setpo...

Страница 161: ...matic mode Description Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the motorized potentiometer in the automatic mode Dependency Refer to p1041 p1038 0 n Motorized potentiometer minimum speed MotP n_min Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3020 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000...

Страница 162: ...unding off has been activated Dependency Refer to p1030 p1047 p1082 Note The deceleration time is extended corresponding to the activated initial rounding off p1030 2 p1043 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer accept setting value MotP acc set val Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3020 Min Max Factory settin...

Страница 163: ...ut Note The OFF3 ramp down time p1135 is effective when the limit is reduced r1050 CO Motor potentiometer setpoint after the ramp function generator Mop setp after RFG Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3001 3020 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p1051 0 n CI Speed limit RFG positive directio...

Страница 164: ...tion Sets the signal source for jog 2 Recommendation When the setting for this binector input is changed the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate signal change of the source Dependency Refer to p0840 p1059 Notice The drive is enabled for jogging using BI p1055 or BI p1056 The command ON OFF1 can be issued using BI p0840 or using BI p1055 p1056 Only the signal source that was us...

Страница 165: ... the setpoint channel Dependency Refer to p1082 p1083 p1085 p1086 p1088 p1056 0 n BI Jog bit 1 Jog bit 1 CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2501 3030 Min Max Factory setting 0 p1058 0 n Jog 1 speed setpoint Jog 1 n_set Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can b...

Страница 166: ... setpoint after scaling p1070 0 n CI Main setpoint Main setpoint CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3001 3030 Min Max Factory setting 0 2050 1 1 0 2 0 3 0 p1070 0 n CI Main setpoint Main setpoint CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level ...

Страница 167: ...U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3001 3030 Min Max Factory setting 0 p1076 0 n CI Supplementary setpoint scaling Suppl setp scal Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3001 3030 Min Max Factory setting 1 r1077 CO S...

Страница 168: ...ter applies for both motor directions The parameter has a limiting effect and is the reference quantity for all ramp up and ramp down times e g down ramps ramp function generator motor potentiometer The parameter is part of the quick commissioning p0010 1 this means that it is appropriately pre assigned when changing p0310 p0311 p0322 The following limits are always effective for p1082 p1082 60 x ...

Страница 169: ...210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm r1084 CO Speed limit positive effective n_limit pos eff Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3050 7958 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p1085 0 n CI Speed limit in positive direction of rotation n_limit pos Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 C...

Страница 170: ... p1094 p1091 0 n Skip speed 1 n_skip 1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3050 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1092 0 n Skip speed 2 n_skip 2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit g...

Страница 171: ... rpm r1119 620 rpm Description Sets the signal source for lowest possible motor speed Dependency Refer to p1080 Notice The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106 Description Sets the signal source to select the total setpoint r1099 0 CO BO Skip band status word Skip band ZSW Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Fu...

Страница 172: ...cription Sets the signal source to disable the negative direction Dependency Refer to p1111 Description Sets the signal source to disable the positive direction Dependency Refer to p1110 Description Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting Dependency Refer to p1091 p1092 p1093 p1094 p1101 p1109 0 n CI Total setpoint Total setp Access level 4 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 C...

Страница 173: ...Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2441 2442 2505 3040 Min Max Factory setting 0 2090 11 1 0 2 0 3 0 p1113 0 n BI Setpoint inversion Setp inv CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2441 2442 2505 304...

Страница 174: ...se The setting should be based on the startup times r0345 of the motor Description Sets the signal source for bypassing the ramp generator ramp up and ramp down times 0 Caution If the technology controller is operated in mode p2251 0 technology controller as main speed setpoint then it is not permissible to disable the interconnection to its status word r2349 Notice The parameter may be protected ...

Страница 175: ...g off time for the extended ramp generator The value applies to ramp up and ramp down Note Rounding off times avoid an abrupt response and prevent damage to the mechanical system p1123 0 n Ramp function generator minimum ramp up time RFG t_RU min Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max...

Страница 176: ...f time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator Description Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp up time of the ramp function generator Dependency Refer to p1120 p1134 0 n Ramp function generator rounding off type RFG round off type Access level 2 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3070 Min Max Factory setting...

Страница 177: ...it 4 STW1 4 BI p1140 0 signal Inhibits the ramp function generator the ramp function generator output is set to zero BI p1140 1 signal Ramp function generator enable Dependency Refer to r0054 p1141 p1142 Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is ineffective Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed p1139 0 n CI Ramp func...

Страница 178: ...esponds to control word 1 bit 5 STW1 5 BI p1141 0 signal Freezes the ramp function generator BI p1141 1 signal Continue ramp function generator Dependency Refer to r0054 p1140 p1142 Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is ineffective Notice The ramp function generator is independent of the state of the signal source active in the following cases OFF1 OFF3 ramp funct...

Страница 179: ...is activated this binector input is ineffective Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note When the function module position control r0108 3 1 is activated this binector input is interconnected as follows as standard BI p1142 0 signal Description Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp function generator Dependency The ...

Страница 180: ... value of the ramp function generator can no longer be tracked corrected corresponding to the maximum possible drive acceleration For p1145 0 0 This value de activates the ramp function generator tracking For p1145 0 0 1 0 Generally these values are not practical They cause the motor to accelerate below its torque limit The lower the selected value the greater the margin between the controller and...

Страница 181: ...s the signal source for speed setpoint 2 of the speed controller Dependency Refer to p1155 r1170 p1148 0 n Ramp function gen tolerance for ramp up and ramp down active RFG tol HL RL act Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3060 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 rpm 1000 000 rpm 19 800 rp...

Страница 182: ...output for the speed setpoint after selecting the ramp function generator The value is the sum of speed setpoint 1 p1155 and speed setpoint 2 p1160 Dependency Refer to r1150 p1155 p1160 Description Displays the number of the selected fixed speed velocity setpoint Dependency Refer to p1020 p1021 p1022 p1023 Note If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected p1020 p1023 0 r1197 0 then r1024 0 setp...

Страница 183: ...d Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Fixed setp bit 0 Yes No 3010 01 Fixed setp bit 1 Yes No 3010 02 Fixed setp bit 2 Yes No 3010 03 Fixed setp bit 3 Yes No 3010 05 Inhibit negative direction Yes No 3040 06 Inhibit positive direction Yes No 3040 11 Setpoint inversion Yes No 3040 13 Motorized potentiometer raise Yes No 3020 14 Motorized potentiometer lower Yes No 3020 15 Bypass ramp function g...

Страница 184: ... parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned e g p0300 Description Sets the signal source to enable the flying restart function Dependency Refer to p1200 Note Withdrawing the enable signal has the same effect as setting p1200 0 Description Sets the search current for the flying restart function The value is referred to the motor magnetizing current Dependency Refer to r0331 Caution An u...

Страница 185: ...ring flying restart states in the vector control mode p1203 0 n Flying restart search rate factor FlyRst v_Srch Fact Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 10 4000 100 r1204 0 13 CO BO Flying restart U f control status FlyRest Uf st Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned...

Страница 186: ...s interrupted When using an Operator Panel in the LOCAL mode then there is no automatic start For p1210 14 16 a manual acknowledgment is required for an automatic restart Refer to p0840 p0857 Refer to F30003 Danger If the automatic restart is activated p1210 1 if there is an ON command refer to p0840 the drive is switched on as soon as any fault messages that are present can be acknowledged This a...

Страница 187: ...th the counter value that applied before the power failure and decrements this start attempt by 1 If a further attempt to acknowledge is started by the automatic restart function prior to power failure e g when the CU remains active on power failure longer than the time p1212 2 the fault counter will already have been decremented once In this case the start counter is thus decreased by the value 2...

Страница 188: ...e additional delay time due to the flying restart then fault F07320 is generated at each restart If for p1210 1 the time in p1213 is set lower than in p1212 then fault F07320 is also generated at each restart The monitoring time must be extended if the faults that occur cannot be immediately and successfully acknowledged e g for faults that are permanently present In the case of p1210 14 16 the fa...

Страница 189: ...e start attempt to the end of the magnetizing process For p1210 1 this signal is directly set after the faults have been successfully acknowledged For bit 07 State which is assumed after a fault occurs within the automatic restart function This is only reset after acknowledging the fault and withdrawing the switch on command For bit 10 When the automatic restart function is active r1214 7 is displ...

Страница 190: ...is applied Dependency Refer to p1215 p1217 Note For a motor with DRIVE CLiQ and integrated brake for p0300 10000 this time is pre assigned the value saved in the motor Description Sets the time to apply the motor holding brake After OFF1 or OFF3 and the controlling closing of the holding brake the drive remains stationary under closed loop control for this time with a speed setpoint of zero The pu...

Страница 191: ...n the following cases the speed actual value falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1228 has expired the speed setpoint falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1227 has expired For p1227 300 000 s the following applies Monitoring is de activated For p1227 0 000 s the following applies With OFF1 or OFF3 and a ramp down time ...

Страница 192: ... ineffective If the drive speed still lies above the speed threshold p1234 then initially the drive is ramped down to this threshold demagnetized see p0347 and is then switched into DC braking for the time set in p1233 After this the drive is switched off If at OFF1 the drive speed is below p1234 then it is immediately demagnetized and switched into DC braking A change is made into normal operatio...

Страница 193: ... dimensioned accordingly for this situation so that the drive can be decelerated to standstill In the case of operation with an encoder this speed may not be set too low so as ensure that the oscillation movement induced by the residual flux remanence of the motor does not cause DC braking to be de activated again Note Function p1231 14 is activated at 15 1 min higher than the value set in p1234 T...

Страница 194: ...ng a precise freq e g textiles 6 U f control for drives requiring a precise frequency and FCC 7 U f control for a parabolic characteristic and ECO 19 U f control with independent voltage setpoint 20 Speed control encoderless 21 Speed control with encoder 22 Torque control encoderless 23 Torque control with encoder 12 DC braking selection internally inhibited Yes No 13 DC braking for OFF1 OFF3 Yes ...

Страница 195: ...efer to p0300 p0311 p0400 p1501 Notice Active slip compensation is required in the U f control types with Eco mode p1300 4 7 The scaling of the slip compensation p1335 should be set so that the slip is completely compensated generally 100 The Eco mode is only effective in steady state operation and when the ramp function generator is not bypassed In the case of analog setpoints if required the tol...

Страница 196: ... boost parameters acceleration boost p1311 voltage boost for starting p1312 However these parameters are assigned the following priorities p1310 p1311 p1312 For field orientation p1302 4 1 not PM230 PM250 PM260 p1311 and p1312 of the voltage boost is also added in the direction of the load current non linear Description p1311 only results in a voltage boost when accelerating and generates a supple...

Страница 197: ...visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1300 p1310 p1311 p1321 p1322 p1323 p1324 p1325 p1326 p1327 Note Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz p1310 p1320 p1321 p1326 p1327 The voltage boost when accelerating p1311 is also applied to the freely programmable U f characteristic Description The programmable cha...

Страница 198: ... control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz p1310 This parameter specifies the voltage of the third point along the characteristic Dependency The following applies to the frequency values p1320 p1322 p1324 p1326 Otherwise a standard characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0...

Страница 199: ...he voltage of the fourth point along the characteristic Dependency Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 3 Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1310 p1311 p1320 p1321 p1322 p1323 p1324 p1325 p1326 Note Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz p1310 p1320 p1321 p1326 p1327 The voltag...

Страница 200: ... completely compensated Dependency Prerequisite for a precise slip compensation for p1335 100 are the precise motor parameters p0350 p0360 If the parameters are not precisely known a precise compensation can be achieved by varying p1335 For U f control types with Eco optimization 4 and 7 the slip compensation must be activated in order to guarantee correct operation Not visible with application cl...

Страница 201: ...resonance damping function dampens active current oscillations that frequency occur under no load conditions The resonance damping is active in a range from approximately 6 of the rated motor frequency p0310 The shutoff frequency is determined by p1349 For the open loop control modes p1300 5 and 6 textile sectors the resonance damping is internally disabled in order that the output frequency can b...

Страница 202: ...22 1 p1341 0 I_max frequency controller de activated and I_max voltage controller activated over the complete speed range Description Sets the integral time for the I_max frequency controller Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1340 Note When p1341 0 the current limiting controller influencing the frequency is de activated and only the current ...

Страница 203: ...ble with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1335 Note The value is only determined for operating modes with Economic p1300 4 7 r1344 I_max controller voltage output I_max_ctrl U_outp Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6300 Min Max Fa...

Страница 204: ...ake Dependency When setting p1351 0 then slip compensation is automatically activated p1335 100 Refer to p1302 p1352 Notice A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Note Connected with p1352 a value of 100 corresponds to the motor rated slip r0330 Description Sets the signal source for the frequency setting value at the slip compe...

Страница 205: ...ntrol configuration n_ctrl config Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6490 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 1000 0000 0010 0001 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Automatic Kp Tn adaptation active Yes No 6040 01 Sensorless vector control freeze I comp Yes No 6040 05 Kp Tn ...

Страница 206: ...With active identification of the stator resistance see p0621 quick magnetizing is internally de activated and alarm A07416 is displayed During a flying restart of a rotating motor see p1200 no quick magnetizing takes place For bit 07 if the speed of the drive exceeds the effective speed limit of the speed limiting controller the torque limit is reduced linearly to zero as the deviation becomes gr...

Страница 207: ...que limit active Yes No 6060 09 Lower torque limit active Yes No 6060 10 Droop enabled Yes No 6030 11 Speed setpoint limited Yes No 6030 12 Ramp function generator set Yes No 13 Encoderless operation due to a fault Yes No 14 I f control active Yes No 15 Torque limit reached without pre control Yes No 6060 16 Encoderless open loop controlled operation not active Yes No 17 Speed limiting control act...

Страница 208: ...ve Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to r0063 Note The speed actual value should be smoothed for encoders with a low pulse number or for resolvers After this parameter has been changed we recommend that the speed controller is adapted and or the speed controller settings checked Kp p1460 and Tn p1462 p1416 0 n Speed setpoint filter 1 time constant n_set_filt 1 T Access level 4 Calculated Data type Floatin...

Страница 209: ... the speed controller for encoderless closed loop speed control Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Note The smoothing must be increased if there is gear backlash For longer smoothing times the integral time of the speed controller must also be increased e g using p0340 4 p1442 0 n Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time n_ctr n_act T_smth Ac...

Страница 210: ... The values are in and refer to the set source of the adaptation signal Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1455 p1456 p1458 p1459 Note If the upper transition point p1457 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1456 then the controller gain below p1457 is adapted w...

Страница 211: ...in of the speed controller for the upper adaptation speed range p1465 The entry is made referred to the P gain for the lower adaptation speed range of the speed controller referred to p1470 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1460 p1464 p1465 Note If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values tha...

Страница 212: ...e upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464 then the controller below p1465 is adapted with p1461 or p1463 This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters Description Sets the upper adaptation speed of the speed controller No adaptation is effective ...

Страница 213: ... with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Note The product p0341 x p0342 is taken into account when automatically calculating the speed controller p0340 1 3 4 Description Set the integral time for encoderless operation for the speed controller p1466 0 n CI Speed controller P gain scaling n_ctrl Kp scal Access level 4 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scalin...

Страница 214: ...dency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Description Sets the signal source to set the integrator setting value p1478 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1478 p1479 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and canno...

Страница 215: ...result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the signal source for scaling the integrator setting value p1478 of the speed controller Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1477 p1478 Description Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the I speed controller Depend...

Страница 216: ...e load torque Description Sets the scaling for the droop feedback Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1486 p1487 p1488 r1490 p1492 Note Example A value of 0 05 means that for a torque equal to the rated motor torque the rated motor speed is reduced by 5 Description Displays the output signal of the droop calcu...

Страница 217: ...tion generator tracking p1145 0 or the acceleration precontrol p1496 0 The acceleration precontrol is set to zero if the Vdc control is active r0056 14 15 Note The parameter is set to 100 by the rotating measurement refer to p1960 The acceleration pre control may not be used if the speed setpoint manifests significant ripple e g analog setpoint and the rounding off in the speed ramp function gener...

Страница 218: ...nalog setpoint 26 Analog setpoint fieldbus 27 Analog setpoint analog setpoint 2 60 Fieldbus no main setpoint 62 Fieldbus analog setpoint 66 Fieldbus fieldbus 67 Fieldbus analog setpoint 2 70 Analog setpoint 2 no main setpoint 72 Analog setpoint 2 analog setpoint 76 Analog setpoint 2 fieldbus 77 Analog setpoint 2 analog setpoint 2 Dependency When changing this parameter the following settings are i...

Страница 219: ...en the moment of inertia estimator function module is active r0108 10 1 and p1400 18 1 For operation with encoder p1400 23 must also be set to 1 Description Sets the signal source for the torque setpoint for torque control Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note A change is made to closed loop torque control if in p130...

Страница 220: ...096 1 r1508 CO Torque setpoint before supplementary torque M_set bef M_suppl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2003 Dyn index Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6030 6060 6722 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm p1511 0 n CI Supplementary torque 1 M_suppl 1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2003 Dy...

Страница 221: ...with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1521 p1522 p1523 r1538 r1539 r1515 Supplementary torque total M_suppl total Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2003 Dyn index Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6020 6060 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm r1516 CO Supplementary torque and acceleration torque M_suppl M_accel Acc...

Страница 222: ...r to p1520 p1521 p1523 Danger Negative values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner Description Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1520 p1521 p1522 Danger Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause t...

Страница 223: ...iption Sets the signal source for the scaling of the upper torque limit in p1522 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Danger For p1400 4 0 torque limiting upper lower the following applies Negative values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner Notice The parameter may be protected as a res...

Страница 224: ...source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the power limit when motoring Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p0500 p1531 Note The power limit is limited to 300 of the rated motor power p1528 0 n CI Torqu...

Страница 225: ... Description Displays the minimum limit for the torque generating current component Index 0 indicates the signal limited by the Vdc controller Index 0 Limited 1 Unlimited Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1531 0 n Power limit regenerative P_max gen Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DD...

Страница 226: ...DC p0096 1 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the signal source to activate de activate the travel to fixed stop function 1 Travel to fixed stop is active 0 Travel to fixed stop is inactive Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p092...

Страница 227: ... 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Danger If the stall current limit is increased then the q current setpoint can exceed the stall limit as a consequence a hysteresis effect can occur when loading and unloading r1547 0 1 CO Torque limit for speed controller output M_max outp n_ctrl Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2003 Dyn index Unit group 7_1 Unit sele...

Страница 228: ... change time for the load torque for the moment of inertia estimator Lower values mean that faster changes are possible For a higher value this estimated value is smoothed more significantly Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1400 p1560 p1561 p1554 0 n CI Torque limit lower scaling without offset M_max low w o offs Access level 3 Calculated D...

Страница 229: ...time set in p0346 This is generally the case when selecting fast magnetization p1401 bit 6 The parameter has no influence for flying restart see p1200 and after DC braking see p1231 Description Sets a dynamic voltage reserve p1563 0 n CO Mom of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos J_est M pos Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2003 Dy...

Страница 230: ...SDC p0096 1 Note It only makes sense to activate this function if the dynamic response requirements of the speed controller are low In order to avoid oscillations if required the speed controller parameters should be adapted increase Tn reduce Kp Further the smoothing time of the flux setpoint filter p1582 should be increased Description Sets the smoothing time for the flux setpoint Dependency Not...

Страница 231: ...pendency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Sets the proportional gain for the flux controller Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note The value is automatically pre assigned dependent on the motor when the drive system is first commissioned When calculating controller par...

Страница 232: ...C p0096 1 Description Displays the output of the field weakening controller The value is referred to the rated motor flux r1593 0 1 CO Field weakening controller flux controller output Field Fl_ctrl outp Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2002 Dyn index Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6724 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms p1594 0 n Fi...

Страница 233: ...ow speed range for sensorless vector control This parameter is entered as a percentage referred to the rated motor torque r0333 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Note When accelerating and braking p1611 is added to p1610 and the resulting total torque is converted into an appropriate current setpoint and controlled For pure accelerating torques it is ...

Страница 234: ...re made to the flux setpoint Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint of the torque generating current components Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note The smoothing time does not become effective until the field wea...

Страница 235: ...ontroller Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 p1702 0 n Isd current controller pre control scaling Isd_ctr_prectrScal Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6714 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 200 0 70 0 p1703 0 n Isq current...

Страница 236: ...ing Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 r1719 Isq controller integral component Isq_ctrl I_comp Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6714 Min Max Factory setting Vrms Vrms Vrms r1723 CO Isd controller output Isd_ctrl o...

Страница 237: ...stead of the integral component the quadrature arm decoupling is effective Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Warning For settings above 80 the d current controller is active up to the field weakening limit When operated at the voltage limit this can result in an unstable behavior In order to avoid this the dynamic vol...

Страница 238: ...ombination current time component Isd ctr I_combi T1 Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 3 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 10000 00 ms 0 00 ms r1732 0 1 CO Direct axis voltage setpoint Direct U set Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index...

Страница 239: ...er than the lower changeover limit parameterized with p1755 1 2 p1756 then the difference is displayed using p1749 p1755 The parameter value cannot be changed Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1752 p1755 p1756 Description Sets the configuration for the motor model Bit 0 1 Forces open loop speed controlled starting ASM Bit 1 1 Forces the syst...

Страница 240: ...plies for encoderless vector control of induction motors For a blocked motor see p2175 p2177 the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open loop controlled operation The following applies for encoderless vector control of synchronous motors For a blocked motor see p2175 p2177 the speed ramp function generator is held in open loop speed controlled operation and a change ...

Страница 241: ...lication class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1756 Description Sets the hysteresis for the changeover speed of the motor model for operation with speed encoder 04 Encoder operation Active Inactive 05 Holding angle Yes No 06 Acceleration criterion Active Inactive 07 Set angular integrator PMSM Yes No 08 Stop Kt adaptation PMSM Yes No 09 PolID active PMSM encoderless Yes No 10 I inject...

Страница 242: ...still range Description Sets the minimum time for falling below the changeover speed when changing from closed loop controlled operation to open loop controlled operation Dependency The wait time has no significance if the setpoint speed before the ramp function generator lies in the open loop speed controlled operating range In this case the change is made without any delay Not visible with appli...

Страница 243: ... rad el of the estimated EMF r1762 1 Angular deviation rad el of the low level signal response for pulse technique Index 0 Deviation model 1 1 Deviation model 2 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 p1759 0 n Motor model changeover delay time open closed loop control MotMod t op_cl Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Da...

Страница 244: ... Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 r1763 Motor model deviation component 2 MotMod dev comp 2 Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting p1764 0 n Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp MotMod woE n_adaKp Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 3 4 Data type Floating...

Страница 245: ...ction this compensates the offset voltages of the drive converter inverter at low speeds The value is valid for the rated nominal pulse frequency of the power unit r1770 CO Motor model speed adaptation proportional component MotMod n_adapt Kp Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6730 Min Max Fact...

Страница 246: ...Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note ASM induction motor PMSM permanent magnet synchronous motor SESM separately excited synchronous motor Description Displays the difference between the motor model flux angle and the transformation angle Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Description Sets t...

Страница 247: ...eater Description Sets the scaling for model fault feedback Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note Feeding back the measured model fault to the model states increases the control stability and makes the motor model rugged against parameter errors When feedback is selected p1784 0 Lh adaptation is not effective Descrip...

Страница 248: ... with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Description Sets the integral time of the kT adaptation of the motor model for a permanent magnet synchronous motor PMSM p1786 0 n Motor model Lh adaptation integral time MotMod Lh Tn Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 3 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group U...

Страница 249: ...ged during commissioning p0010 0 then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1800 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned e g p1082 Description Display and connector output for the actual converter switching frequency Index 0 Actual 1 Modulator minimum value Note The selected pulse ...

Страница 250: ... time constant is used to calculate the modulation depth Description DC link voltage used to determine the maximum possible output voltage Description Displays the effective modulator mode Value 1 Flat top modulation FLB 2 Space vector modulation SVM 9 Optimized pulse pattern p1803 0 n Maximum modulation depth Modulat depth max Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be...

Страница 251: ...or the rotating measurement see p1959 Note This setting can only be changed when the pulses are inhibited Description Sets the tolerance time for line phase monitoring for blocksize power units If a line phase fault is present for longer than this tolerance time then a corresponding fault is output Dependency Refer to F30011 Notice When operating with a failed line phase depending on the active po...

Страница 252: ...nverter valve threshold voltage Threshold voltage Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 0 Vrms 100 0 Vrms 0 6 Vrms p1828 Compensation valve lockout time phase U Comp t_lock ph U Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index U...

Страница 253: ... at standstill 3 Optimizing the speed controller in rotating operation Dependency Refer to p1300 p1910 p1960 Refer to A07980 A07981 F07983 F07984 F07985 F07986 F07988 F07990 A07991 Notice p1900 3 This setting should only be selected if the motor data identification was already carried out at standstill If there is a motor holding brake it must be open p1215 2 To permanently accept the determined s...

Страница 254: ...g motor data at standstill 3 Optimizing the speed controller in rotating operation Dependency Refer to p1300 p1910 p1960 Refer to A07980 A07981 F07983 F07984 F07985 F07986 F07988 F07990 A07991 Notice p1900 3 This setting should only be selected if the motor data identification was already carried out at standstill If there is a motor holding brake it must be open p1215 2 To permanently accept the ...

Страница 255: ...t test was selected but not successfully performed then sufficient current was not be able to be established during the test pulses For bit 04 A test pulse longer than one sampling time has occurred Description Sets the configuration for the motor data identification p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration Test puls config Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T S...

Страница 256: ...l parameter p0340 3 is automatically calculated p1910 20 Only for internal SIEMENS use Value 0 Inhibited 1 Complete identification ID and acceptance of motor data 2 Complete identification ID of motor data without acceptance 20 Voltage vector input 21 Voltage vector input without filter 22 Rectangular voltage vector input without filter 23 Triangular voltage vector input without filter Bit field B...

Страница 257: ... 3 For settings 27 and 28 the AVC configuration set using p1840 is active The switch on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed the drive automatically resets it The duration of the measurements can lie between 0 3 s and several minutes This time is mainly influenced by the motor size At the end of the motor data identification p1910 is automatical...

Страница 258: ...ings 27 and 28 the AVC configuration set using p1840 is active The switch on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed the drive automatically resets it The duration of the measurements can lie between 0 3 s and several minutes This time is mainly influenced by the motor size At the end of the motor data identification p1910 is automatically set to 0...

Страница 259: ...ted Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1915 0 2 Identified nominal stator inductance L_stator ident Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1916 0 2 Identified stator inductance 1 L_sta...

Страница 260: ...ged Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1925 0 2 Identified threshold voltage U_threshold ident Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Vrms Vrms Vrms r1926 0 2 Identified effective valve lockout time t_lock_valve id Access level 4 Calcu...

Страница 261: ...n with encoder Both versions encoderless and with encoder of the rotating measurement and speed controller optimization can be selected Value 0 Inhibited 1 Rotating measurement in encoderless operation 2 Rotating measurement with encoder 3 Speed controller optimization in encoderless operation 4 Speed controller optimization with encoder Dependency Before the rotating measurement is carried out th...

Страница 262: ...e moment of inertia and the vibration test Induction motor The percentage value is referred to p0310 rated motor frequency Synchronous motor The percentage value is referred to the minimum from p0310 rated motor frequency and p1082 maximum speed Dependency Refer to p0310 p1959 Refer to F07984 F07985 Note In order to calculate the inertia sudden speed changes are carried out the specified value cor...

Страница 263: ...100 1 unit lb ft 2 Refer to p0341 p0342 p1959 Refer to F07984 Description Displays the vibration frequencies determined by the vibration test Index 0 Frequency low 1 Frequency high Dependency Refer to p1959 Refer to F07985 Description Displays the number of pulses determined during the vibration test Note A negative signal indicates an incorrect polarity of the encoder signal r1968 Speed_ctrl_opt ...

Страница 264: ..._opt saturation characteristic rotor flux maximum n_opt rot_fl max Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 104 120 120 r1979 0 12 BO Speed_ctrl_opt status n_opt status Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func d...

Страница 265: ...always output in synchronism from a time perspective Dependency Refer to p0325 p0329 p1980 r1984 r1985 Note PolID Pole position identification The following information and data can be taken from the trigger characteristic the value 100 marks the angle at the start of the measurement the value 100 marks the commutation angle determined from the pole position identification routine Description Sets...

Страница 266: ...rence speed p2000 Description Sets the reference quantity for voltages All voltages specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity This also applies for direct voltage values rms value like the DC link voltage The reference quantity corresponds to 100 or 4000 hex word or 4000 0000 hex double word Note This reference quantity also applies to direct voltage values It is not inte...

Страница 267: ...rence quantity Example The actual value of a phase current r0069 0 is connected to a test socket e g p0771 0 The actual current value is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference current p2002 and output according to the parameterized scaling Description Sets the reference quantity for torque All torques specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity The referenc...

Страница 268: ...CO interconnection is established between different physical quantities then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor Description Sets the reference quantity for temperature All temperatures specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity The reference quantity corresponds to 100 or 4000 hex word or 4000 0000 hex double word Description Sets th...

Страница 269: ...te The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Selects the PZD actual values to be sent via the commissioning interface USS The actual values are displayed on an intelligent operator panel IOP Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 Description Displays the receive errors at the commissioning interface USS RS232 p2010 Comm IF baud rate Comm baud Access level 3 Calculat...

Страница 270: ... can be made again when r3996 0 Note Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Displays the effective control word 1 STW1 of the drive for the master control p2030 Field bus int protocol selection Field bus protocol CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_DP_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Sca...

Страница 271: ... the bits in the control and status words Value 0 SINAMICS 2 VIK NAMUR Dependency Refer to p0922 p2079 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note For p0922 p2079 1 350 999 p2038 is automatically set to 0 For p0922 p2079 20 p2038 is automatically set to 2 It is not then possible to change p2038 Description The serial interface for the debug monito...

Страница 272: ... F01910 Description Sets the additional monitoring time to monitor the process data received via PROFIBUS Enables short bus faults to be compensated If no process data is received within this time then an appropriate message is output Dependency Refer to F01910 Note For controller STOP the additional monitoring time is not effective p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number PB Ident No CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_DP_F...

Страница 273: ... 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Selects the PZD actual values with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller r2050 0 11 CO PROFIBUS PZD receive word PZD recv word Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling 4000H Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2440...

Страница 274: ...2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 r2053 0 16 PROFIdrive diagnostics send PZD word Diag send word Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2470 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit ...

Страница 275: ...6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 Dependency Refer to r2050 r2054 PROFIBUS status PB status CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_DP_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2410 Min Max Factory setting 0 4 r2055 0 2 PROFIBUS diagnostics standard PB diag standard CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_DP_F CU250D 2...

Страница 276: ...n for a single PZD can only take place either on p2051 or p2061 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Displays the PZD actual values with double word format sent to the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 3 PZD 4 5 4 PZD 5 6 5 PZD 6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 11 PZD 12 13 12 PZD 13 14 13 PZD...

Страница 277: ...2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF 16 Bit 16 ON OFF 17 Bit 17 ON OFF 18 Bit 18 ON OFF 19 Bit 19 ON OFF 20 Bit 20 ON OFF 21 Bit 21 ON OFF 22 Bit 22 ON OFF 23 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit ...

Страница 278: ...eceive telegram controller output p2071 PROFIdrive SIC SCC start send SIC SCC start send CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2423 Min Max Factory setting 0 30 0 p2072 Response receive value after PZD failure Resp aft PZD fail Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed ...

Страница 279: ... PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 Note Value range 0 242 Byte offset 65535 Not assigned Description Displays the addresses of the slaves peers where peer to peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS r2076 0 16 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send Diag offs send Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func di...

Страница 280: ...egram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded Value 7 Standard telegram 7 PZD 2 2 9 Standard telegram 9 PZD 10 5 110 SIEMENS telegram 110 PZD 12 7 111 SIEMENS telegram 111 PZD 12 12 999 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency Refer to p0922 Note For p0922 999 the following applies p2079 has the same value and is inhibited All of the interconnections and extensions contained ...

Страница 281: ...are combined to form status word 1 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 p2080 0 15 BI Binector connector converter status word 1 Bin con ZSW1 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2472 Min Max Factory setting 0 899 0 1 899 1 2 899 2 3 213...

Страница 282: ...p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note For clock synchronous operation bit 12 to 15 to transfer the sign of life are reserved in status word 2 and may not be freely interconnected Description Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller The individual bits are combined to form free status word 3 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 8 Bit 8 9 Bit 9 10 Bit...

Страница 283: ...88 r2089 Description Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller The individual bits are combined to form free status word 5 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 8 Bit 8 9 Bit 9 10 Bit 10 11 Bit 11 12 Bit 12 13 Bit 13 14 Bit 14 15 Bit 15 Dependency Refer to p2088 r2089 p2083 0 15 BI Binector connector converter status word 4 Bin con ZSW4 Access level 3 Cal...

Страница 284: ...verted Not inverted 03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted 04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted 05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted 06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted 07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted 08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted 09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted 10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted 11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted 12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted 13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted 14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted 15 ...

Страница 285: ...el 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2472 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 B...

Страница 286: ...ignal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r2092 0 15 BO PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit serial PZD3 recv bitw Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Sca...

Страница 287: ...it Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r2094 0 15 BO Connector binector converter binector output Con bin outp Access level 3 Calculated Data...

Страница 288: ...02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF p2098 0 1 Inverter connector binector converter binector output Con bin outp inv Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 289: ...he same index Refer to p2100 Notice For the following cases it is not possible to re parameterize the fault response to a fault fault number does not exist exception value 0 Message type is not fault F fault response is not permissible for the set fault number Note Re parameterization is also possible if a fault is present The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved The fau...

Страница 290: ...th a 0 1 signal Description Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults Note A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0 1 signal p2103 0 n BI 1st acknowledge faults 1st acknowledge CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2441 2442 2443 2447 2475...

Страница 291: ...n BI 2nd acknowledge faults 2nd acknowledge CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2546 8060 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2105 0 n BI 3rd acknowledge faults 3rd acknowledge Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Un...

Страница 292: ...Displays the total system runtime for the drive unit The time comprises r2114 0 milliseconds and r2114 1 days After r2114 0 has reached a value of 86 400 000 ms 24 hours this value is reset and r2114 1 is incremented r2109 0 63 Fault time removed in milliseconds t_flt resolved ms Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram ...

Страница 293: ...mes effective after the message has gone Description Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm Value 1 Fault F 2 Alarm A 3 No message N Dependency Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index Refer to p2118 p2116 0 n BI External alarm 2 External alarm 2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling ...

Страница 294: ...r2122 0 r2124 0 r2123 0 r2125 0 alarm 1 the oldest r2122 7 r2124 7 r2123 7 r2125 7 Alarm 8 the latest When the alarm buffer is full the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history r2122 8 r2124 8 r2123 8 r2125 8 Alarm 1 the latest r2122 63 r2124 63 r2123 63 r2125 63 alarm 56 the oldest Description Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred Dependency Refer to ...

Страница 295: ...f a fault is present The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved Description Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault Value 1 Acknowledgment only using POWER ON 2 Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed Dependency Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index Refer to p2126 Notice It is not possible to re paramete...

Страница 296: ...6 Notice The time comprises r2130 days and r0948 milliseconds The value displayed in p2130 refers to 01 01 1970 p2128 0 15 Faults alarms trigger selection F A trigger sel Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8050 8070 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 r2129 0 15 CO BO Faults alarms trigger word F A trigger word A...

Страница 297: ...t fault code Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8060 Min Max Factory setting r2132 CO Actual alarm code Actual alarm code Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8065 Min Max Factory setting r2133 0 63 Fault value for float values Fault ...

Страница 298: ...onality r2136 0 63 Fault time removed in days t_flt resolv days Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8060 Min Max Factory setting r2138 7 15 CO BO Control word faults alarms STW fault alarm Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2546 Min ...

Страница 299: ...ers are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 p2140 0 n Hysteresis speed 2 n_hysteresis 2 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 300 00 rpm 90 00 rpm p2141 0 n Speed threshold 1 n_thresh val 1 Access level 3 Ca...

Страница 300: ...et the load monitoring is only executed in the 1st quadrant as a result of the positive characteristic parameters p2182 p2190 For bit 03 When the bit is set r2197 1 and r2197 2 are determined using separate hysteresis functions For bit 05 When this bit is set a change to open loop speed controlled operation is only possible when the motor is stationary r2146 0 63 Alarm time removed in days t_alarm...

Страница 301: ...sis 3 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8010 8011 8022 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 300 00 rpm 2 00 rpm p2151 0 n CI Speed setpoint for messages signals n_set for msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index CDS p0...

Страница 302: ... Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 ms 10000 0 ms 0 0 ms p2157 0 n Speed threshold 5 n_thresh val 5 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram Min ...

Страница 303: ...int actual value deviation in tolerance t_off signal message BO r2197 7 Dependency Refer to p2164 p2166 r2197 Description Sets the hysteresis speed bandwidth for the speed setpoint actual value deviation in tolerance t_off signal message BO r2197 7 Dependency Refer to p2163 p2166 r2197 p2161 0 n Speed threshold 3 n_thresh val 3 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be...

Страница 304: ... T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8011 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 ms 10000 0 ms 200 0 ms p2167 0 n Switch on delay n_act n_set t_on n_act n_set Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8011 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 ms 10000 0 ms 200 0 ms r2169 CO Actual speed smo...

Страница 305: ...rless vector control for permanent magnet synchronous motors At low speeds in open loop speed controlled operation see p1755 p1756 a blocked motor can only be detected if p2175 p1755 and p1750 6 is set to 1 p2172 0 n DC link voltage threshold value Vdc thresh val Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2001 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 5_2 Unit selection p...

Страница 306: ...tput load identification A missing output load is displayed using the Output load not available message r2197 11 1 This message is output with a delay time p2180 Dependency Refer to p2180 Notice For synchronous motors the output current can be almost zero under no load conditions Note Missing output load is signaled in the following cases the motor is not connected a phase failure has occurred p21...

Страница 307: ...pper p2190 M_threshold 3 lower Dependency The following applies p2182 p2183 p2184 Refer to p2183 p2184 p2185 p2186 Refer to A07926 Note In order that the load monitoring can reliably respond the speed threshold p2182 should always be set lower than the minimum motor speed to be monitored Description Sets the speed torque envelope curve for load monitoring p2180 0 n Output load detection delay time...

Страница 308: ...or speed to be monitored Description Sets the speed torque velocity force envelope curve for the load monitoring Dependency The following applies p2185 p2186 Refer to p2182 p2186 Refer to A07926 Note The upper envelope curve is defined by p2185 p2187 and p2189 Description Sets the speed torque velocity force envelope curve for the load monitoring Dependency The following applies p2186 p2185 Refer ...

Страница 309: ...he lower envelope curve is defined by p2186 p2188 and p2190 p2187 0 n Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper M_thresh 2 upper Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Nm 20000000 00 Nm 10000000 00 Nm p2188 0 n Load monitoring torque threshold 2 lower M_thre...

Страница 310: ...Description Sets the scaling factor for torque utilization r0033 p2192 0 n Load monitoring delay time Load monit t_del Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 s 65 00 s 10 00 s p2193 0 n Load monitoring configuration Load monit config Access level 3 Calculated Data ty...

Страница 311: ...0 and the delay time in p2171 For bit 09 10 The threshold value is set in p2172 and the delay time in p2173 For bit 11 The threshold value is set in p2179 and the delay time in p2180 For bit 12 The threshold value is set in p2182 the hysteresis in p2162 and the delay time for canceling the signal in p2152 For bit 13 Only for internal Siemens use r2197 0 13 CO BO Status word monitoring 1 ZSW monito...

Страница 312: ...ng Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 n_act speed threshold value 5 Yes No 8023 01 n_act speed threshold value 5 Yes No 8023 02 n_act speed threshold value 6 Yes No 8023 03 n_act speed threshold value 6 Yes No 8023 04 n_set p2161 Yes No 8011 05 n_set 0 Yes No 8011 06 Motor blocked Yes No 8012 07 Motor stalled Yes No 8012 08 I_act I_threshold value p2170 Yes No 8022 09 M_act torque t...

Страница 313: ...240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2201 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 1 Tec_ctrl fix val1 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn in...

Страница 314: ... Tec_ctr fix val 5 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 50 00 p2206 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 6 Tec_ctr fix val 6 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Acces...

Страница 315: ..._ctr fix val 10 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 100 00 p2211 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 11 Tec_ctr fix val 11 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Acces...

Страница 316: ...on p0595 Func diagram 7950 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 150 00 p2216 0 n Technology controller fixed value selection method Tec_ctr FixVal sel CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7950 7951 Min Max Factory setting 1 2 1 p2220 0 n BI Technology co...

Страница 317: ...vel 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 7951 Min Max Factory setting r2225 0 CO BO Technology controller fixed value selection status word Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group U...

Страница 318: ... time increases with respect to the set ramp up time For bit 03 0 Non volatile data save de activated 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non volatile fashion for p2230 0 1 For bit 04 When the bit is set the ramp function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable The actual output value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r2250 Description Displays the ...

Страница 319: ...0 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7954 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2237 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer maximum value Tec_ctrl mop max CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7954 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 0...

Страница 320: ... of the technology controller is interconnected p2200 0 p2247 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp up time Tec_ctr mop t_r up CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7954 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 s 1000 0 s 10 0 s p2248 0 n Techn...

Страница 321: ...passed through in the speed set point channel This prevents the speed from oscillating between the edges of the skip band For bit 05 1 The setting is only effective if a skip band is no longer active The integral component of the PID controller is not held in the range of the skip speeds The skip band is passed through even for small system deviations and low controller gain factors In so doing th...

Страница 322: ...p2255 Technology controller setpoint 1 scaling Tec_ctrl set1 scal CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 100 00 100 00 p2256 Technology controller setpoint 2 scaling Tec_ctrl set2 scal CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU...

Страница 323: ... 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 60 000 s 0 000 s r2262 CO Technology controller setpoint after filter Tec_ctr set aftFlt CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn...

Страница 324: ...CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting p2267 Technology controller upper limit actual value Tec_ctrl u_lim act CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scalin...

Страница 325: ...ontroller Dependency Refer to p2263 Description Sets the time constant for the differentiation D component of the technology controller Note p2274 0 Differentiation is disabled p2271 Technology controller actual value inversion sensor type Tech_ctrl act inv CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit grou...

Страница 326: ...ller output The technology controller output is enabled with a 1 signal The technology controller output is held with a 0 signal p2280 Technology controller proportional gain Tec_ctrl Kp CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 00...

Страница 327: ...it selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 100 00 p2292 CO Technology controller minimum limiting Tec_ctrl min_lim CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 0 00 p2293 Technology contro...

Страница 328: ...t signal r2294 first goes to the start value p2302 before the controller starts to operate p2296 0 n CI Technology controller output scaling Tec_ctrl outp scal CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 2295 0 p2...

Страница 329: ...alue decreases with increasing motor speed then the inversion should be set If value 0 The drive reduces the output speed when the actual value rises e g for heating fans intake pump compressor If value 1 The drive increases the output speed when the actual value increases e g for cooling fans discharge pumps Description Sets the threshold value for the system deviation of the technology controlle...

Страница 330: ...o NONE see p2100 p2101 If a fault response other than NONE is entered in p2101 for F07426 p2345 must be set to zero If the fault occurs during ramping up to the starting setpoint p2302 this starting setpoint is retained as the final value there is no changeover to the fault response setpoint Description Display and BICO output for the status word of the technology controller r2344 CO Technology co...

Страница 331: ...a rotary axis with linear encoder LU Length Unit Description Sets the motor revolutions for the gearbox factor between the motor shaft and load shaft Gearbox factor motor revolutions p2504 load revolutions p2505 Dependency Refer to p0432 p0433 p2505 06 Technology controller starting value at the current limit No Yes 08 Technology controller actual value at the minimum Yes No 09 Technology controll...

Страница 332: ...ency Refer to p2525 p2598 p2599 p2733 Caution For rotating absolute encoders when adjusting a range is set up symmetrically around zero with half of the encoder range within which the position must be re established after switch off switch on In this range it is only permissible that the encoder overflows After the adjustment has been completed it must be guaranteed that the range is not exited Th...

Страница 333: ...ets the signal source for the function activate measuring probe evaluation 0 1 signal The function activate measuring probe evaluation is started Index 0 Position control 1 Encoder 1 2 Encoder 2 3 Reserved Dependency Refer to p0488 p0489 p0490 p2502 p2508 p2510 p2511 p2517 p2518 Refer to A07495 Notice When the set position actual value is activated while the function measuring probe evaluation is ...

Страница 334: ... p2502 p2509 p2510 Description Sets the signal source for the function activate position actual value preprocessing corrective value edge 0 1 signal The correction value available via CI p2513 is activated Index 0 Position control 1 Encoder 1 2 Encoder 2 3 Reserved Dependency Refer to p2502 p2513 r2684 p2510 0 3 BI LR selecting measuring probe evaluation MT_eval select CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F ...

Страница 335: ... actual value is set to the setting value in CI p2515 Alarm A07497 position setting value activated is output Encoder increments that are received in the meantime are not taken into account BI p2514 1 0 signal The position actual value preprocessing is activated and is based on the setting value Description Sets the signal source for the setting value of the function setting position actual value ...

Страница 336: ...an measurements via p0488 Description Sets the input terminal for direct measuring probe 2 After it has been activated via binector input p2509 0 1 signal the direct measuring probe measures once and can be used with EPOS In order to process signals faster the direct measuring probe bypasses the handshake technique via the encoder control word and encoder status word Value 0 No meas probe 21 DI 1 ...

Страница 337: ... The remaining setting values are intended for expanded functionality Note The behavior for a DDS changeover is determined using the value of p2519 in the target data set Description Display and connector output for the encoder control word generated by the position actual value preprocessing Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Dependency Refer to p0480 p2519 0 n LR position actual value prep...

Страница 338: ...2 for encoder 2 is valid Description Display and connector output for the value determined by the function reference mark search and measuring probe evaluation Index 0 Position control 1 Encoder 1 2 Encoder 2 3 Reserved Dependency Refer to p2502 r2526 Note r2526 2 1 The measured value in r2523 0 for the position control is valid r2527 2 1 The measured value in r2523 1 for encoder 1 is valid r2528 ...

Страница 339: ...index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3630 4010 Min Max Factory setting LU LU LU p2525 0 n CO LR encoder adjustment offset Enc_adj offset CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4010 Min Max Factory setting 0 LU 4294967295 LU 0 LU r2526 0 9 CO BO LR status word ZSW CU250D 2...

Страница 340: ...ual value valid Yes No 01 Referencing active Yes No 02 Measured value valid Yes No r2528 0 2 CO BO LR actual value sensing status word encoder 2 ActValSensZSW enc2 CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Position actual...

Страница 341: ...op can be emulated Description Sets a PT1 filter to emulate the timing behavior of the closed speed control loop Dependency Refer to p2535 Notice When speed pre control is inactive p2534 0 the following applies If a PT1 filter has been set it is not effective Note Together with p2535 the timing behavior of the closed loop control loop can be emulated p2533 0 n LR position setpoint filter time cons...

Страница 342: ...tput limit Dependency Refer to p2540 p2537 CI LR position controller adaptation Adaptation CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4015 Min Max Factory setting 1 p2538 0 n LR proportional gain Kp CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint3...

Страница 343: ...an appropriate fault is output Value 0 The positioning monitoring function is de activated Dependency Refer to p2542 p2545 r2684 Refer to F07451 Note The following applies for the setting of the standstill and positioning window Standstill window p2542 positioning window p2544 Description Sets the positioning monitoring time for the positioning monitoring After the positioning monitoring time expi...

Страница 344: ...tion Only after the axis has been referenced can it be guaranteed that the cam switching signals when output have a true position reference Note Position actual value cam switching position 2 r2683 9 1 signal Position actual value cam switching position 2 r2683 9 0 signal Description Sets the signal source for the position controller enable 1 Dependency Refer to r0899 p2550 p2546 0 n LR dynamic fo...

Страница 345: ...aximum following error p2634 Dependency Refer to r2683 Description Sets the signal source for the signal fixed stop reached BI p2553 1 signal When the fixed stop is reached this is signaled and the fixed stop monitoring window is activated Dependency Refer to r2683 p2550 BI LR enable 2 Enable 2 CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn ...

Страница 346: ...ctive Sig trav_cmnd act CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4020 Min Max Factory setting 2684 15 p2555 CI LR LU revolution LU mm LU rev LU mm CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection ...

Страница 347: ...ition setpoint via a PT1 model This compensates the system related velocity dependent system deviation for a P controller r2559 CO LR position controller output I component LR_outp I comp CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 4015 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r25...

Страница 348: ...ol value is multiplied by 2 PI p2567 For reasons associated with the compatibility to earlier firmware versions the factory setting for p2567 1 kgm 2 2 PI This means that CO r2564 remains as standard the derivation over time of the speed pre control value and is referred as before to a moment of inertia of 1 kgm 2 2 PI For torque pre control the moment of inertia can now be directly entered into p...

Страница 349: ...alarm A07491 For a 0 signal the axis is stopped with the maximum deceleration p2573 status signal r2684 13 is set to 1 saved and the appropriate alarm is output Only motion away from the STOP cam is permitted For a 0 1 signal and valid travel direction when the STOP cam is exited this is detected and the status signal r2684 13 is set to 0 and the alarm is deleted Description Sets the signal source...

Страница 350: ... min r1084 r1087 rpm x p2505 p2504 x p2506 1000 Linear encoders p2571 1000 LU min min r1084 r1087 m min x p2503 10 m Description Sets the maximum acceleration for the basic positioner function EPOS Dependency Refer to p2619 p2644 Note The maximum acceleration appears to exhibit jumps without jerk Traversing blocks operating mode The programmed acceleration override p2619 acts on the maximum accele...

Страница 351: ...stant velocity phase jerk can increase up to twice the parameterized jerk CONTINUE_FLYING with direction reversal acts internally just like a CONTINUE_WITH_STOP without the position reached being set Without jerk limiting this behavior can hardly be noticed as when reversing the position setpoint is only kept at zero for one interpolator clock cycle For block change enable CONTINUE_WITH_STOP jerk ...

Страница 352: ...switch becomes immediately effective If the software limit switch is changed then this results in the positions in the traversing blocks being checked Note The following applies for the setting of the software limit switch Software limit switch minus software limit switch plus Description Sets the software limit switch in the negative direction of travel Dependency Refer to p2578 p2579 p2581 p2582...

Страница 353: ...ed using STOP cams Description Sets the amount of play backlash for positive or negative play 0 The backlash compensation is de activated 0 Positive backlash normal case When the direction is reversed the encoder actual value leads the actual value 0 Negative backlash When the direction is reversed the actual value leads the encoder actual value Dependency If a stationary axis is referenced by set...

Страница 354: ... signal and BI p2590 0 1 signal With BI p2590 0 signal incremental jogging is interrupted p2585 EPOS jog 1 setpoint velocity Jog 1 v_set CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3610 Min Max Factory setting 40000000 1000 LU min 40000000 1000 LU min 300 1000 LU min p2586 EPOS jog 2 setpoint ...

Страница 355: ...r jogging incremental Dependency Refer to p2585 p2586 p2587 p2588 p2589 p2590 Description Sets the signal source for the reference of the internal length units LU to motor revolution for rotary encoders and to mm for linear encoders Dependency Refer to p0404 r2524 p2594 Note The signal value is used to convert the length unit to the speed or velocity setpoint p2589 BI EPOS jog 1 signal source Jog ...

Страница 356: ...gnal reference point set r2684 11 is not reset Description Sets the signal source for the set reference point Dependency Refer to p2598 p2599 r2684 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note Reference point setting is effective in the following operating states in the basic state for FIXED STOP with progress condition END corresponds to the initi...

Страница 357: ...via the connector input is set as the actual axis position The position offset to the actual encoder value is displayed in p2525 Description Sets the position value for the reference point coordinate This value is set as the actual axis position after referencing or adjustment Dependency Refer to p2507 p2525 p2595 p2596 p2597 p2598 p2597 BI EPOS referencing type selection Ref_typ select CU250D 2_P...

Страница 358: ...or the referenced axis Further an appropriate message is output and r2684 3 is set to 1 Description Sets the relative positioning mode for flying referencing Value 1 The corrected setpoint is not calculated into the traversing distance Value 0 The corrected setpoint is calculated into the traversing distance Dependency Refer to p2597 p2623 p2648 p2600 EPOS search for reference reference point offs...

Страница 359: ...Description Sets whether or not a reference cam is present for the search for reference Value 1 Reference cam present Value 0 No reference cam present Dependency Refer to p2595 p2597 p2604 p2605 p2606 p2604 BI EPOS search for reference start direction Srch for ref dir CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selec...

Страница 360: ... tolerance bandwidth for the distance to the zero mark p2610 Dependency Refer to p2609 Description Sets the approach velocity after detecting the zero mark to approach the reference point Dependency Refer to p2595 p2597 p2604 p2607 p2609 p2610 Note When traversing to the reference point the velocity override is not effective p2608 EPOS search for reference approach velocity zero mark v_appr ref_ZM...

Страница 361: ...l Description Sets the maximum number of traversing blocks that are available Dependency Refer to p2616 p2617 p2618 p2619 p2620 p2621 p2622 p2623 p2624 p2612 BI EPOS search for reference reference cam Ref_cam CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3612 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2613 BI EP...

Страница 362: ...ndices depends on p2615 Refer to p2572 p2615 p2616 p2617 p2618 p2620 p2621 p2622 p2623 p2624 p2616 0 n EPOS traversing block block number Trav_blk blkNo CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index p2615 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3616 Min Max Factory setting 1 15 1 p2617 0 n EPOS traversing block position Trav_block pos...

Страница 363: ...e number of indices depends on p2615 Refer to p2615 p2616 p2617 p2618 p2619 p2620 p2621 p2623 p2624 Note The following should be set depending on the task FIXED STOP Clamping torque and clamping force rotary 0 65536 0 01 Nm linear 0 65536 N WAIT Delay time ms GOTO Block number SET_O 1 2 or 3 set direct output 1 2 or 3 both RESET_O 1 2 or 3 reset direct output 1 2 or 3 both JERK 0 de activate 1 act...

Страница 364: ...dency Refer to p2615 p2616 p2617 p2618 p2619 p2620 p2621 p2622 p2623 Note After sorting the traversing blocks are written at the beginning of the memory in increasing sequence without any gaps Description Sets the signal source to select the traversing block bit 0 Dependency Binector inputs p2625 p2626 p2627 and p2628 are used to select one of the maximum of 16 traversing blocks Refer to p2626 p26...

Страница 365: ...a traversing block the axis must be referenced r2684 11 1 The status signal r2684 12 0 1 signal is used for acknowledgment A traversing task can be influenced using the following signals intermediate stop via BI p2640 reject traversing task via BI p2641 p2626 BI EPOS traversing block selection bit 1 Trav_blk sel bit 1 CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can b...

Страница 366: ...Sets the following error to detect the fixed stop reached state r2526 4 Dependency Refer to r2526 p2621 r2675 Note The state fixed stop reached is detected if the following error exceeds the theoretically calculated following error value by p2634 Description Sets the monitoring window of the actual position after the fixed stop is reached Dependency Refer to r2526 r2683 Refer to F07484 p2632 EPOS ...

Страница 367: ...outside the monitoring window is for the factory setting dependent on signal BO r2526 5 fixed stop outside window This signal is influenced via p2635 EPOS fixed stop monitoring window Description Sets the signal source for the feedback signal torque limit reached when traversing to fixed stop BI p2639 1 signal Torque limit is reached BI p2639 0 signal Torque limit is not reached Dependency Refer t...

Страница 368: ... only effective in the modes traversing blocks and direct setpoint input MDI When activating reject traversing tasks then the axis brakes with the maximum deceleration p2573 Description Sets the signal source for the position setpoint in the mode direct setpoint input MDI Dependency Refer to p2648 p2649 p2650 p2690 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be c...

Страница 369: ...is either transferred continuously or edge triggered The signal value 4000 hex 16384 dec corresponds to 100 Description Sets the signal source for the velocity override This velocity override is effective in the following operating modes direct setpoint input MDI traversing blocks jogging and search for reference when approaching the reference cam Dependency Refer to p2571 p2585 p2586 p2605 p2618 ...

Страница 370: ...g type is evaluated by means of the set signal source Description Sets the signal source to define how values are transferred in the operating mode direct setpoint input MDI BI p2649 1 signal Values are continually transferred refer to parameter under dependency BI p2649 0 signal The values are transferred for BI p2650 0 1 signal Dependency Refer to p2642 p2643 p2644 p2645 p2648 p2650 p2651 p2652 ...

Страница 371: ... signal the traversing direction is specified as follows BI p2651 BI p2652 0 signal 0 signal Absolute positioning through the shortest distance 1 signal 0 signal Absolute positioning in the positive direction 0 signal 1 signal Absolute positioning in the negative direction 1 signal 1 signal Absolute positioning through the shortest distance Description Sets the signal source for the negative direc...

Страница 372: ...tion must be selected via binector inputs p2651 and p2652 Description Sets the signal source to interconnect the MDI mode to the operating mode direct setpoint input MDI via PROFIBUS telegram 110 CI p2654 0 The binector inputs listed below are evaluated CI p2654 0 The following binector inputs are not evaluated BI p2648 positioning type BI p2651 direction selection positive BI p2652 direction sele...

Страница 373: ... Refer to r2521 p2658 Note In the tracking mode the position setpoint is taken from this connector input Description Sets the signal source for the feedback signal position actual value is valid p2655 0 1 BI EPOS select tracking mode Sel tracking mode CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram...

Страница 374: ...adjustment value valid BI p2662 1 signal The adjustment value received via CI p2660 is valid BI p2662 0 signal The adjustment value received via CI p2660 is not valid p2659 BI EPOS referencing active feedback signal Ref act fdbk CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3612 Min Max Factory s...

Страница 375: ...sation Dependency Refer to p2516 Note As standard the following BICO interconnection is established CI p2516 r2667 p2663 BI EPOS clamping active feedback signal Clamping active FS CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3616 Min Max Factory setting 2526 8 r2665 CO EPOS position setpoint s_s...

Страница 376: ...ently being processed Note A position of 0 is displayed for non position related tasks e g ENDLESS_POS ENDLESS_NEG r2669 CO EPOS actual operating mode Op mode act CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3625 3630 Min Max Factory setting r2670 0 15 CO BO EPOS status word active traversing block...

Страница 377: ...act CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3610 3612 3616 3620 Min Max Factory setting 1000 LU min 1000 LU min 1000 LU min r2673 CO EPOS actual acceleration override a_over act CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Uni...

Страница 378: ...al effective velocity override r2676 CO EPOS actual task parameter Task para act CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3616 Min Max Factory setting r2677 CO EPOS actual task mode Task mode act CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling D...

Страница 379: ...etting LU LU LU r2683 0 14 CO BO EPOS status word 1 POS_ZSW1 CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3645 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Tracking mode active Yes No 3635 4020 01 Velocity limiting active Yes No 3630 02 Setpoint fixed Yes No 3635 03 Se...

Страница 380: ...are established CI p1528 r2686 0 CI p1529 r2686 1 Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Search for reference active Active Not active 3612 01 Flying referencing active Active Not active 3614 02 Referencing active Active Not active 03 Printing mark outside outer window Yes No 3614 04 Axis accelerating Yes No 3635 05 Axis decelerating Yes No 3635 06 Jerk limiting active Yes No 3635 07 Ac...

Страница 381: ...CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3616 3617 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm p2690 CO EPOS position fixed setpoint Pos fixed value CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3...

Страница 382: ...etting and connector output for a fixed percentage value Dependency Refer to p2901 r2902 p2930 Notice A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Note The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function e g scaling of the main setpoint p2730 0 3 BI LR pos actual value preprocessing activate neg corr edge ActV_prep neg corr CU250...

Страница 383: ...onnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Note The value can for example be used to interconnect a supplementary torque Description Displays the values of the direct access flux model for the synchronous reluctance motor RESM for diagnostic purposes p2901 0 n CO Fixed value 2 Fixed value 2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can...

Страница 384: ...tance synchronous motor synchronous reluctance motor Description Sets the delay time for external fault 3 Dependency Refer to p2108 p3111 p3112 Refer to F07862 Description Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3 External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation BI p2108 negated BI p3111 BI p3112 negated Dependency Refer to p2108 p3110 p3112 Refer to F07862...

Страница 385: ...eck the ambient temperature control cabinet cooling For bit 05 A ground fault inter phase short circuit was detected in the power cables or in the motor windings Check the power cable connection Check the motor For bit 06 The motor was operated outside the permissible limits temperature current torque Check the load cycles and limits that have been set Check the ambient temperature motor cooling F...

Страница 386: ...lays the component of the fault which has occurred Value 0 No assignment 1 Control Unit 2 Power Module 3 Motor 4 Encoder evaluation X6 5 Encoder at X6 Dependency Refer to r0945 r0947 r0948 r0949 r2109 r2130 r2133 r2136 r3122 Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is show...

Страница 387: ...re cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122 Description Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred Dependency Refer to r0945 r0947 r0948 r0949 r2109 r2130 r2133 r2136 r3120 r3121 0 63 Component alarm Comp alarm CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F ...

Страница 388: ...ter faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 16 external measured value signal state outside the permissible range Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 1 PROFIdrive message class 17 application technology function faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 1 0 PROFIdrive message class 18 error in the parameterization configuration commissioning sequence Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 1 1 PROFIdrive...

Страница 389: ... 1 0 0 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 16 external measured value signal state outside the permissible range Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 1 PROFIdrive message class 17 application technology function faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 1 0 PROFIdrive message class 18 error in the parameterization configuration commissioning sequence Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 1 1 PROFIdrive message class 19 general drive...

Страница 390: ...isplay of a fluid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the power P of point 1 as a p3231 0 n Load monitoring speed deviation Load monit n_dev Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8013 Min Max Factory s...

Страница 391: ... flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the power P of point 2 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p3323 p3324 p3325 p3326 p3327 p3328 p3329 Note The reference value for power and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 Description For the energy saving display of a flui...

Страница 392: ...3327 p3328 p3329 Note The reference value for power and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 Description For the energy saving display of a fluid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the speed n of point 4 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p3322 p3323 p3324 p3325 ...

Страница 393: ...ic Dependency Refer to p3830 p3845 Description The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 2nd value pair of the friction characteristic Dependency Refer to p3831 p3845 p3328 0 n Fluid flow machine power point 5 Fluid_mach P5 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Un...

Страница 394: ...n2 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 60 00 rpm p3823 0 n Friction characteristic value n3 Friction n3 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_...

Страница 395: ...n n7 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 1200 00 rpm p3828 0 n Friction characteristic value n8 Friction n8 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit grou...

Страница 396: ...Friction M2 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3833 0 n Friction characteristic value M3 Friction M3 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit...

Страница 397: ...y setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3838 0 n Friction characteristic value M8 Friction M8 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3839 0 n Friction characteristic value M9 Friction M9 Access level 2 Calcul...

Страница 398: ... of induction motors with encoder Refer to p3843 Notice If the changeover point defined using p3844 does not match the changeover speed p1752 then internally the model controlled friction torque input is automatically de activated same as for p3844 0 Note For p3844 0 the model controlled frictional torque changeover is de activated The frictional torque is then calculated the same as for the encod...

Страница 399: ...e Description Sets the ramp up ramp down time of the ramp up ramp down function generator to automatically record the friction characteristic The drive is accelerated from standstill setpoint 0 up to the maximum speed velocity p1082 in this time Dependency Refer to p3845 Description Sets the warm up time For an automatic trace record to start the highest selected speed p3829 is approached and this...

Страница 400: ...ameterization for motor parameters only Notice After the value has been modified no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996 Modifications can be made again when r3996 0 Note When the calculations have been completed p3900 and p0010 are automatically reset to a value of zero When calculating motor open loop and closed loop control parameters such as for p0340 1 ...

Страница 401: ...DS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting V V V r3927 0 n Motor data identification control word MotID STW Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Stator inductance estimate no measurement Yes No 02 Rotor ...

Страница 402: ...nt shortened Yes No 13 After measurement direct transition into operation Yes No 14 Calculate speed actual value smoothing time Yes No r3929 0 n Motor data identification modulated voltage generation MotID U_gen mod Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal na...

Страница 403: ...status word for the drive unit r3930 0 4 Power unit EEPROM characteristics PU characteristics Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting p3950 Service parameter Serv par Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed C U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min M...

Страница 404: ...nd the drive specific parameters Dependency Refer to r0980 r0981 r0989 Description Index 0 Displays the boot state Index 1 Displays the partial boot state r3978 BICO CounterDevice BICO CounterDevice Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting p3981 Faults acknowledge drive object Faults ackn DO Acces...

Страница 405: ...e type 350 Determine drive type 360 Only for internal Siemens use 370 Wait until p0010 is set to 0 380 Only for internal Siemens use 550 Call conversion functions for parameter 625 Wait for non cyclic start 650 Start cyclic operation 660 Evaluate drive commissioning status 670 Only for internal Siemens use 680 Only for internal Siemens use 690 Wait for non cyclic start 700 Save parameters 725 Wait...

Страница 406: ...reset when passing every zero mark If value 2 The value in XIST1_ERW is reset with a 0 1 edge via binector input p4655 p4621 0 n Motor temperature sensor configuration Mot_temp_sens cfg Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 De...

Страница 407: ... of zero mark monitoring Causes fault F3x100 to appear less frequently Dependency Refer to F31100 r4653 0 2 CO XIST1_ERW actual value XIST1_ERW actval Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4750 Min Max Factory setting r4654 0 16 CO BO XIST1_ERW status XIST1_ERW stat Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can b...

Страница 408: ...l in the incremental encoder Description Sets the positive tolerance window in encoder pulses for limit 2 for the zero mark monitoring Accumulator p4688 is compared with this parameter and where relevant alarm A3x422 is output for 5 seconds Dependency Refer to p0437 p4681 p4682 p4688 Refer to F31131 A31422 Note Zero mark monitoring is activated by setting p0437 2 1 position actual value correction...

Страница 409: ...accumulator p4688 Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Dependency Refer to p4681 p4682 p4683 p4684 Note The display can only be reset to zero Description Displays the encoder status according to PROFIdrive for a squarewave encoder Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Dependency Refer to A31422 Note After alarm A3x422 is output this parameter is set for 100 ms p4685 0 n Speed actual value...

Страница 410: ...mined For bit 06 The speed controller gain set in p1460 is not changed when calculating the controller data Description Configuration of the moment of inertia precontrol when the moment of inertia estimator is active Dependency The function module Moment of inertia estimator r0108 10 must be activated for the Moment of inertia precontrol function Not visible with application class Standard Drive C...

Страница 411: ...0 r5311 p5313 p5314 p5315 Description Setting of the constant coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the positive direction when the moment of inertia estimator is active The estimated moment of inertia is obtained according to the following formula Moment of inertia J linear coefficient p5312 load torque constant coefficient p5313 r5311 0 n Moment of inertia precontrol status word J_pre...

Страница 412: ...Refer to p5310 r5311 p5312 p5313 p5314 Description Sets the change time for the moment of inertia for the moment of inertia precontrol Lower values mean that faster changes are possible For a higher value this estimated value is smoothed more significantly Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1400 p1560 p1562 Description Sets the boost factor f...

Страница 413: ...er to F07011 A07012 A07910 Note For bit 00 04 The motor temperature is measured using a temperature sensor p0600 p0601 When the bit is set a high temperature is identified and a corresponding signal is additionally output For bit 01 05 The motor temperature is monitored based on a temperature model p0612 When the bit is set a high temperature is identified and a corresponding signal is additionall...

Страница 414: ... to initiate the signal The following applies for temperature model 1 I2t only effective from firmware version 4 7 SP6 and p0612 8 1 when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time the threshold value is copied from p0615 to p5391 Dependency Refer to r0034 p0612 p0615 r0632 p5390 Refer to F07011 A07014 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned a...

Страница 415: ... value is the sum of the following times Energy saving mode transition time Operating state transition time regular Energy saving mode time of minimum stay Index 0 Mode 1 1 Reserved r5398 0 n Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 A thr image p5390 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8019 Min...

Страница 416: ...ng 0 ms 4294967295 ms 4294967295 ms p5611 Pe energy saving properties general Pe properties gen CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2381 2382 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Inhibit PROFIenergy control commands Yes No 01 Dri...

Страница 417: ...luates this parameter when powering up from the encrypted Load into file system output or when powering up from the encrypted PS files The evaluation is only made when know how protection and memory card copy protection have been activated Description Displays the status for the write protection and know how protection Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Pe active Yes No 01 Pe inacti...

Страница 418: ...the drive data can be traced using the device trace function This bit is only set if know how protection is active and in p7765 2 is set Description Setting for activating de activating the write protection for adjustable parameters Value 0 De activate write protection 1 Activate write protection Dependency Refer to r7760 Notice While write protection is active a download is prevented however it i...

Страница 419: ...t is possible or not to trace the drive data using the device trace function although KHP is activated Dependency Refer to p7766 p7767 p7768 Note KHP Know How Protection For copy protection the serial numbers of the memory card and or Control Unit are checked The memory card copy protection and preventing data to be traced are only effective when the know how protection has been activated p7763 KH...

Страница 420: ...Parameters with the KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK attribute are not involved in the know how protection Parameters with the KHP_ACTIVE_READ attribute can be read even when know how protection is activated A product specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual Description Sets the new password for know how protection Dependency Refer to p7766 p7768 Note KHP Know How Prot...

Страница 421: ...able 12 Error when backing up insufficient memory space 13 Error when backing up 14 Error when importing memory card not available 15 Error when importing checksum error 16 Error when importing no NVRAM data available 17 Error when importing Notice For value 2 3 These actions are only possible when pulses are inhibited Note After the action has been successfully completed the parameter is automati...

Страница 422: ...I characters serial number character 20 r7843 20 0 dec Serial number 111923E Description Displays the sampling times currently present on the drive unit r7901 0 63 sampling times of hardware time slices r7901 64 82 sampling times of software time slices r7901 x 0 means the following No methods have been registered in the time slice involved Note The basis for the software time slices is T_NRK p790...

Страница 423: ...4 Reserved Yes No 05 Reserved Yes No 06 Reserved Yes No 07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 08 Jog bit 0 Yes No 3030 09 Jog bit 1 Yes No 3030 10 Reserved Yes No 11 Direction reversal setpoint Yes No 12 Reserved Yes No 13 Reserved Yes No 14 Reserved Yes No 15 Reserved Yes No r8541 CO Speed setpoint from BOP IOP in the manual mode N_set OP Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed S...

Страница 424: ...endency Refer to p0015 Note For a value 9999999 the following applies The read operation is still running p8543 CI Active speed setpoint in the BOP IOP manual mode N_act act OP Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 8541 0 p8552 IOP speed unit IOP speed unit Access level 3 Calcu...

Страница 425: ...er writes at least one value in p8809 0 53 then p8805 is automatically set to 1 When p8805 is reset 0 then the content of the factory setting is set in p8809 r8571 0 39 Macro Binector Input BI Macro BI Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting r8572 0 39 Macro Connector Inputs CI for speed setpoint...

Страница 426: ...of the device with the following format options ASCII YYYY MM DD or YYYY MM DD hh mm YYYY year MM month 01 12 DD day 01 31 hh hours 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 Separators must be placed between the individual data i e a hyphen space and colon Description Parameters for the PROFINET data set Identification and Maintenance 3 I M 3 This information is known as Supplementary information Dependency Refer to...

Страница 427: ...lay for PROFINET Value 0 No initialization 1 Fatal fault 2 Initialization 3 Send configuration 4 Receive configuration 5 Non cyclic communication 6 Cyclic communications but no setpoints stop no clock cycle 255 Cyclic communication Description Displays the PROFINET diagnostics data Note Only for internal Siemens diagnostics p8809 0 53 Identification and Maintenance 4 I M 4 CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_PN_...

Страница 428: ... 0501 hex S120 S150 0504 hex G130 G150 050A hex DC MASTER 050C hex MV 050F hex G120P 0510 hex G120C 0511 hex G120 CU240E 2 0512 hex G120D 0513 hex G120 CU250S 2 Vector 0514 hex G110M Description Sets the station name for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit The actual station name is displayed in r8930 Dependency Refer to p8925 r8930 r8859 0 7 PROFINET identification data PN ident da...

Страница 429: ... interface configuration p8920 and following is activated with p8925 The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the DHCP mode for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit The actual DHCP mode is displayed in r8934 Value 0 DHCP off 2 DHCP on identification using MAC address 3 DHCP on identification via name of station Dependency Refer to p8925 r8934 p8...

Страница 430: ...ing of the interface configuration is loaded after the next POWER ON Description Sets the number of remote controllers expected for PROFINET onboard The Shared Device functionality is activated with a value 2 The drive is being accessed by two PROFINET controllers simultaneously automation controller SIMOTION or SIMATIC A CPU safety controller SIMATIC F CPU Value 1 Automation or Safety 2 Automatio...

Страница 431: ...vel 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 255 r8932 0 3 PN Default Gateway actual PN Def Gateway act CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 255 r8933 0 3 PN Subne...

Страница 432: ...scription Displays the IP address of the second PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard Description Sets the profile for Ethernet IP Value 0 SINAMICS 1 ODVA AC DC r8960 0 2 PN subslot controller assignment PN subslot assign CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagr...

Страница 433: ...d by setting the factory setting Description Sets the scaling for the torque for Ethernet IP ODVA profile p8980 1 Value 123 32 124 16 125 8 126 4 127 2 128 1 129 0 5 130 0 25 131 0 125 132 0 0625 133 0 03125 p8981 Ethernet IP ODVA STOP mode Eth IP ODVA STOP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selec...

Страница 434: ...OFIsafe telegram 900 must be configured in the F host A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON F DI Failsafe Digital Input SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SLS Safely Limited Speed SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring p8991 USB memory access USB mem acc Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Un...

Страница 435: ...o 1 because no speed actual value below the SSM limit was able to be identified before pulse cancellation In this case the OFF1 or the OFF3 ramp down time or the clearance between the SSM limit speed and shutdown speed must be increased Note SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring p9306 SI Motion function specific...

Страница 436: ...box 7 7 Gearbox 8 Dependency Refer to p9322 Notice It is not possible to change over the gearbox stages Gearbox 1 index 0 is always active Description Sets the numerator for the gearbox between the motor and the load Index 0 Gearbox 1 1 Gearbox 2 2 Gearbox 3 3 Gearbox 4 4 Gearbox 5 5 Gearbox 6 6 Gearbox 7 7 Gearbox 8 Dependency Refer to p9321 Notice It is not possible to change over the gearbox st...

Страница 437: ...omes effective after a POWER ON For linear axes the maximum value is limited to 1 mm Description Sets the filter time for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive p9331 0 3 SI Motion SLS limit values processor 2 SI Mtn SLS lim P2 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Acce...

Страница 438: ... from the velocity monitoring Description Sets the velocity tolerance for the SAM function Dependency Refer to p9548 Refer to C01706 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring Description Sets the delay time for the SLS changeover for the function safely limited speed SLS ...

Страница 439: ...ed by changing to STOP A Dependency Refer to p9356 p9560 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The shutdown speed has no effect for a value 0 SS1 Safe Stop 1 Description Sets the stop response for the function Safely Limited Speed SLS p9356 SI Motion pulse suppression delay time processor 2 SI Mtn IL t_del P2 CU240D 2_DP_F CU...

Страница 440: ... integrated in the drive Note The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the stop response for the function Safe motion direction SDI This setting applies to both directions of motion In the case of encoderless motion monitoring p9306 1 only a value of 0 or 1 is permitted Value 0 STOP A 1 STOP B ...

Страница 441: ... Sets the reference value to define the brake ramp The rate of rise of the brake ramp depends upon p9381 reference value and p9383 monitoring time Dependency Refer to p9382 p9383 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive p9368 SI Motion SAM velocity limit processor 2 SI Mtn SAM v_limP2 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D ...

Страница 442: ...the safety functions integrated in the drive Reducing this value can adversely affect the actual value sensing and the plausibility check When the value is increased this results in a longer evaluation delay and a higher velocity deviation r9787 Note This parameter is only effective for encoderless actual value sensing p9506 p9306 1 3 For synchronous motors the value 4 must be set If value 1 for s...

Страница 443: ...the value must be decreased if C30711 has occurred with message value 1041 For synchronous motors the following condition must be fulfilled p0305 x p9783 p9388 x 1 2 Recommendation If required the correct value of the motor minimum current should be determined by making the appropriate measurements Dependency Refer to r9785 Refer to C30711 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function ...

Страница 444: ...tion monitoring 1 Checksum over SI parameters with hardware reference Dependency Refer to p9399 Description Sets the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions actual checksum on processor 2 Index 0 Checksum over SI parameters for motion monitoring 1 Checksum over SI parameters with hardware reference Dependency Refer to r9398 Description Setting and ...

Страница 445: ... p9400 Note For bit 01 00 Bit 1 0 0 0 No memory card inserted corresponds to p9400 0 Bit 1 0 0 1 Safe removal possible corresponds to p9400 3 Bit 1 0 1 0 Status not possible Bit 1 0 1 1 Memory card inserted corresponds to p9400 1 2 100 For bit 02 00 Bit 2 0 0 0 No memory card inserted Bit 2 0 0 1 Memory card inserted but not a SIEMENS memory card Bit 2 0 1 0 Status not possible Bit 2 0 1 1 SIEMENS...

Страница 446: ...ex of the parameter number r9406 n that was not transferred Dependency Refer to r9406 r9408 Note All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter r9406 x parameter number parameter not accepted r9407 x parameter index parameter not accepted r9408 x fault code parameter not accepted Description Only for internal Siemens service purposes Dependency Refer to r9406 r9407 Note All indices f...

Страница 447: ...fer to r9485 r9486 Description Displays the number of BICO interconnections to the signal sink being searched for Dependency Refer to p9484 r9486 Note The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 BICO coded The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count r9485 and the first index r9486 r9451 0 29 Units changeover adapted parameters Unit_chngov par Access level 4...

Страница 448: ...ption Sets the function configuration for safe motion monitoring r9486 BICO interconnections signal source search first index BICO S_src srchIdx Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions Control Unit SI Mtn enable CU CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F ...

Страница 449: ...nues during pulse suppression The feedback signal last displayed before pulse suppression is kept and the system goes into the STO state For bit 08 For bit 1 and with the SDI safety function activated the following applies During pulse suppression monitoring is switched off and the status signal indicates inactive For bit 0 and with the SDI safety function activated the following applies Monitorin...

Страница 450: ...SLS Safely Limited Speed Description This is an evaluation factor to define the setpoint limit from the selected actual speed limit The active SLS limit value is evaluated with this factor and is made available as setpoint limit in r9733 p9522 0 7 SI Motion gearbox motor load numerator processor 1 SI Mtn gear num P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated ...

Страница 451: ...parison of the two monitoring channels The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring Description Sets the velocity limit for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill n nx When this limit value is undershot the signal SSM feedback signal active is set Caution The followi...

Страница 452: ...CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2823 Min Max Factory setting 0 0010 rpm 500 0000 rpm 10 0000 rpm p9548 SI Motion SAM actual velocity tolerance processor 1 SI mtn SAM tol P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data t...

Страница 453: ... for a value 0 SS1 Safe Stop 1 Description Sets the SLS specific stop response for the function Safely Limited Speed SLS These settings apply to the individual limit values for SLS Value 0 STOP A 1 STOP B Index 0 Limit value SLS1 1 Limit value SLS2 2 Limit value SLS3 3 Limit value SLS4 Dependency Refer to p9531 Note SLS Safely Limited Speed p9559 SI Motion forced checking procedure timer processor...

Страница 454: ...safe acceleration monitoring SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring For p9568 p9368 0 the following applies The value in p9546 p9346 SSM is applied as the velocity limit for SAM p9564 SI Motion SDI tolerance processor 1 SI Mtn SDI tol P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be ch...

Страница 455: ...nded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle Internally the set time is limited downwards to 2 safety monitoring clock cycles 2 12 ms p9570 SI Motion acceptance test mode processor 1 SI Mtn acc_mod P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagr...

Страница 456: ... evaluate the encoderless actual value sensing after the pulses have been enabled The value must be greater than or equal to the motor magnetizing time p0346 Dependency Refer to C01711 Caution The safety functionality is only completely guaranteed after this time has expired Notice If this value is reduced this can have a negative impact on the actual value acquisition and plausibility check and r...

Страница 457: ...on procedures have led to an excessive Safety actual velocity Recommendation The setting of this parameter depends on the motor and closed loop control and must be newly determined for each configuration To do this a measurement should be performed while the actual value jumps and the limit in r9785 0 must be set so low using p9589 so that it is exceeded by the value in r9785 1 a maximum of four t...

Страница 458: ...asic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals permissible for r9771 6 1 000C hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 4 1 000D hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe and basic functions via onboard terminals permissible for r9771 4 1 Dependency Refer to r9771 p9801 Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON STO Safe Torque Off r9590 0...

Страница 459: ...tal input for STO on processor 1 An F DI changeover is not effective simultaneously due to the different runtimes in the two monitoring channels After an F DI changeover dynamic data is not subject to a crosswise data comparison during this discrepancy time Dependency Refer to p9850 Note For a crosswise data comparison between p9650 and p9850 a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is to...

Страница 460: ...checking procedure Dependency Refer to A01699 Description CRC via Node Identifier of the Control Unit Note CU Control Unit Description CRC via the Node Identifier of a Power Module p9651 SI STO debounce time processor 1 SI STO t_debou P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 1...

Страница 461: ...eference checksums parameters are automatically reset to zero Value 0 00 hex Data unchanged 172 AC hex Acknowledge data change complete 220 DC hex Acknowledge SI basic parameter change 236 EC hex Acknowledge hardware CRC Dependency Refer to r9398 p9399 r9728 p9729 r9798 p9799 r9898 p9899 Note For value AC and DC hex These values can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safet...

Страница 462: ... list 1 that for the crosswise data comparison between the monitoring channels led to the fault Index 0 Result list processor 2 1 Result list processor 1 Dependency Refer to C01711 Note SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp monitoring SLS Safely Limited Speed r9708 0 5 SI Motion diagnostics safe position SI mtn safe pos CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D ...

Страница 463: ...rence between the load side position actual value on processor 1 and the load side position actual value on processor 2 For index 4 The content corresponds to the value in index 0 CDC Crosswise Data Comparison Description Displays the actual velocity values for the motion monitoring functions on processor 1 Index 0 Load side velocity actual value on processor 1 1 Actual SAM SBR velocity limit on p...

Страница 464: ...elect SS1 Yes No 04 De select SLS Yes No 07 Acknowledgment Signal edge active No 09 Select SLS bit 0 Set Not set 10 Select SLS bit 1 Set Not set 12 Deselect SDI positive Yes No 2824 13 Deselect SDI negative Yes No 2824 r9722 0 15 CO BO SI Motion drive integrated status signals processor 1 SI Mtn int stat P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type...

Страница 465: ... Note The significance of the individual message values is described in message C01711 CDC Crosswise Data Comparison For index 1 2 When Safety message C01711 with message value 1000 occurs these indices are not supplied with values Description Displays the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions actual checksum 09 Safe pulse suppression active Yes ...

Страница 466: ...the two encoders Index 1 takes into account the coarse resolution of the encoder only Description Displays the necessary setpoint speed limit as a result of the selected motion monitoring functions Contrary to the parameterization of the SI limit values this parameter specifies the motor side limit value and not the load side limit value Recommendation For the ramp function generator by appropriat...

Страница 467: ...FIsafe Standard Note This parameter is only supplied with actual values if SI Motion functions are active For Safety Integrated Basic Functions the value is equal to zero Description Status signal for safety relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive r9734 0 14 CO BO SI Safety Info Channel status word S_ZSW1B SIC S_ZSW1B CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Acc...

Страница 468: ...ription Displays the time remaining until the next dynamization and testing of the safety motion monitoring functions integrated in the drives The signal source to initiate the forced checking procedure is parameterized in p9705 Dependency Refer to p9705 Refer to C01798 p9761 SI password input SI password inp Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C T Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 469: ...cessor 1 Index 0 Safety Version major release 1 Safety Version minor release 2 Safety Version baselevel or patch 3 Safety Version hotfix Note Example r9770 0 2 r9770 1 60 r9770 2 1 r9770 3 0 Safety version V02 60 01 00 r9768 0 7 SI PROFIsafe receive control words processor 1 SI Ps PZD recv P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection ...

Страница 470: ...d Yes No 07 Extended Functions encoderless supported Yes No 11 Extended Functions SDI supported Yes No 12 Extended Functions SSM encoderless supported Yes No r9771 SI common functions processor 1 SI general fct P1 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit ...

Страница 471: ... Yes No 21 STO cause selection on the other monitoring channel Yes No r9772 0 21 CO BO SI status processor 1 SI status P1 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected on processor 1 Yes No 2810 01 STO active on...

Страница 472: ... checksum to track functional changes 1 SI checksum to track hardware specific changes Dependency Refer to p9601 p9729 p9799 Refer to F01690 Description Displays the time stamps for the checksums for tracking changes for Safety Integrated r9776 SI diagnostics SI diag Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Facto...

Страница 473: ...currently measured current of the encoderless actual value sensing Description Display to diagnose the angle for sensorless actual value sensing Index 0 Plausibility angle actual value 1 Voltage angle actual value 2 Current angle actual value Dependency Refer to p9585 Note For index 0 Displays the actual plausibility angle For index 1 Displays the actual voltage angle For index 2 Displays the actu...

Страница 474: ...1 Dependency Refer to F01611 Note A complete list of numbers for crosswise compared data items appears in fault F01611 Description Displays the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 1 actual checksum Dependency Refer to p9799 r9898 r9787 SI Motion diagnostics sensorless velocity deviation Diag sl v_dev CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_...

Страница 475: ... the drive Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON STO Safe Torque Off Description Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 2 Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used 0000 hex Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited no safety func...

Страница 476: ... subject to a crosswise data comparison during this discrepancy time Dependency Refer to p9650 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note For a crosswise data comparison between p9650 and p9850 a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring...

Страница 477: ...40D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804 02 Extended Functions supported p9501 0 Yes No 2804 04 Extended Functions PROFIsafe supported Yes No 05 Extended Functions ...

Страница 478: ...election via motion monitoring functions Yes No 20 STO cause selection PROFIsafe Basic Functions Yes No 21 STO cause selection on the other monitoring channel Yes No r9872 0 21 CO BO SI status processor 2 SI Status P2 CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field ...

Страница 479: ...ce Before switching off the Control Unit ensure that the system logbook is switched out p9930 0 0 If writing to the file is activated p9930 2 1 writing to the file must be de activated again before switching off the Control Unit p9930 2 0 in order to ensure that the system logbook has been completely written to the file p9899 SI setpoint checksum SI parameters processor 2 SI setp_chksm P2 Access l...

Страница 480: ...g time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979 Total utilization Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher priority sampling times interrupts p9931 0 179 System logbook module selection SYSLOG mod select Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0...

Страница 481: ...orced checking procedure of the digital output the signal must have been detected via the corresponding readback input p10047 Dependency Refer to p10003 p10007 p10017 p10046 Note The delay time must be set to a value greater than the debounce time p10017 Regardless of p10001 the forced checking procedure will pause for at least two safety monitoring clock cycles between each stage of the test The ...

Страница 482: ...h a 0 1 signal at the input terminal and is then only possible if the drive is not in commissioning mode Dependency Refer to p10001 p10002 p10003 p10046 p10002 SI Motion F DI changeover discrepancy time processor 1 SI Mtn DI chg t P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit sele...

Страница 483: ... No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Failsafe Digital Input STO Safe Torque Off Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SS1 function Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Dependency Refer to p10123 p10017 SI Motion digital inputs debounce time processor 1 SI DI t_debounceP1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D...

Страница 484: ...lue 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Failsafe Digital Input SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SDI negative function p10026 SI Motion SLS input terminal processor 1 SI Mtn SLS F DI P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed C 95...

Страница 485: ... operation input 2 2 AND logic operation input 3 3 AND logic operation input 4 4 AND logic operation input 5 5 AND logic operation input 6 Note F DO Failsafe Digital Output p10039 SI Motion Safe State signal selection processor 1 SI Safe State P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group U...

Страница 486: ...hich are not in use Dependency p10006 p10106 p10022 p10122 p10023 p10123 p10026 p10126 p10030 p10130 p10031 p10131 Refer to r10149 p10046 SI Motion F DO feedback signal input activation SI F DO FS act CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory set...

Страница 487: ...s have a logical 0 level for 0 V at the input a logical 1 level This means that for an NC NO contact parameterization the level 0 V 24 V selects the safety function the level 24 V 0 V de selects the safety function F DI Failsafe Digital Input The state of parameter r10151 is delayed by one monitoring clock cycle in relation to r10051 The parameter is only updated in the following cases if the Safe...

Страница 488: ...ing discrepancy errors Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Dependency Refer to p10006 r10052 0 CO BO SI Motion digital outputs status processor 1 SI DO status P1 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bi...

Страница 489: ...nal assigned safety function always selected If value 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Failsafe Digital Input STO Safe Torque Off Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SS1 function Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Dependency Refer to p10023 p10117 SI Motion digital inputs debounce time processor 2 SI DI t_de...

Страница 490: ...value 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Failsafe Digital Input SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SDI negative function p10126 SI Motion SLS input terminal processor 2 SI SLS F DI P2 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed C 95 S...

Страница 491: ... 1 AND logic operation input 2 2 AND logic operation input 3 3 AND logic operation input 4 4 AND logic operation input 5 5 AND logic operation input 6 Note F DO Failsafe Digital Output p10139 SI Motion Safe State signal selection processor 2 SI Safe State P2 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index ...

Страница 492: ...146 SI Motion test sensor feedback signal processor 2 SI test sens FS P2 CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2848 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Test F DO 0 Test active No test p10147 SI Motion F DO test ...

Страница 493: ...V at the input NO contacts have a logical 0 level for 0 V at the input a logical 1 level This means that for an NC NO contact parameterization the level 0 V 24 V selects the safety function the level 24 V 0 V de selects the safety function The state of parameter r10151 is delayed by one monitoring clock cycle in relation to r10051 The parameter is only updated in the following cases if the Safety ...

Страница 494: ...DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_DP_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 F DO 0 processor 2 High Low 2853 r20001 0 9 Run time group sampling time RTG sampling time CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Ca...

Страница 495: ...up AND 0 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7210 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20033 AND 0 run sequence AND 0 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index U...

Страница 496: ...ime group 2 3 Run time group 3 4 Run time group 4 5 Run time group 5 6 Run time group 6 9999 Do not calculate p20037 AND 1 run sequence AND 1 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7210 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 20 p20038 0 3 BI AND 2 inputs AND 2 input...

Страница 497: ...ith a higher run sequence value p20041 AND 2 run sequence AND 2 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2710 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 30 p20042 0 3 BI AND 3 inputs AND 3 inputs CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculate...

Страница 498: ...R 0 inputs CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20047 BO OR 0 output Q OR 0 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit...

Страница 499: ...function block Index 0 Input I0 1 Input I1 2 Input I2 3 Input I3 r20051 BO OR 1 output Q OR 1 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting p20052 OR 1 run time group OR 1 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access le...

Страница 500: ... 2 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting p20056 OR 2 run time group OR 2 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit sel...

Страница 501: ...3 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20061 OR 3 run sequence OR 3 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group...

Страница 502: ...oup 2 3 Run time group 3 4 Run time group 4 5 Run time group 5 6 Run time group 6 9999 Do not calculate p20065 XOR 0 run sequence XOR 0 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 110 p20066 0 3 BI XOR 1 inputs XOR 1 inputs CU2...

Страница 503: ...igher run sequence value p20069 XOR 1 run sequence XOR 1 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 120 p20070 0 3 BI XOR 2 inputs XOR 2 inputs CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data...

Страница 504: ...0D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20075 BO XOR 3 output Q XOR 3 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Fu...

Страница 505: ...PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting p20080 NOT 0 run time group NOT 0 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9...

Страница 506: ...RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20085 NOT 1 run sequence NOT 1 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group...

Страница 507: ...089 NOT 2 run sequence NOT 2 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 180 p20090 BI NOT 3 input I NOT 3 input I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be change...

Страница 508: ...N_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20095 CO ADD 0 output Y ADD 0 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 722...

Страница 509: ...a type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting p20100 ADD 1 run time group ADD 1 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20101 ADD 1 run ...

Страница 510: ...0D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20105 SUB 0 run sequence SUB 0 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Fact...

Страница 511: ...U240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 250 p20110 0 3 CI MUL 0 inputs MUL 0 inputs CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn in...

Страница 512: ...s level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20115 CO MUL 1 product Y MUL 1 product Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min M...

Страница 513: ...D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting r20120 BO DIV 0 divisor is zero QF DIV 0 divisor 0 QF CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit g...

Страница 514: ...0D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting r20125 BO DIV 1 divisor is zero QF DIV 1 divisor 0 QF CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 515: ...240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7224 Min Max Factory setting r20130 BO AVA 0 input negative SN AVA 0 input neg SN CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit ...

Страница 516: ...40D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7224 Min Max Factory setting r20135 BO AVA 1 input negative SN AVA 1 input neg SN CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Fun...

Страница 517: ...Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20140 BO MFP 0 output Q MFP 0 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting p20141 MFP 0 run time group MFP 0 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access ...

Страница 518: ...ram 7230 Min Max Factory setting p20146 MFP 1 run time group MFP 1 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20147 MFP 1 run sequence MFP 1 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated...

Страница 519: ...Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20152 PCL 0 run sequence PCL 0 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 400 p20153 BI PCL 1 input pulse I PCL 1 inp_pulse I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D ...

Страница 520: ...F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 410 p20158 BI PDE 0 input pulse I PDE 0 inp_pulse I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Fa...

Страница 521: ...tion Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 430 p20163 BI PDE 1 input pulse I PDE 1 inp_pulse I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20164 PDE 1 pulse delay time in ms PDE 1 t_del ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F ...

Страница 522: ... 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20169 PDF 0 pulse extension time in ms PDF 0 t_ext ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit gro...

Страница 523: ...dex Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20174 PDF 1 pulse extension time in ms PDF 1 t_ext ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20175 BO PDF 1 output Q PDF 1 output Q CU2...

Страница 524: ... CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7234 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20180 BO PST 0 output Q PST 0 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group ...

Страница 525: ..._PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7234 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20185 BO PST 1 output Q PST 1 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7234 Mi...

Страница 526: ... CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting r20190 BO RSR 0 inverted output QN RSR 0 inv outp QN CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max ...

Страница 527: ...P CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting r20195 BO RSR 1 inverted output QN RSR 1 inv outp QN CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection...

Страница 528: ...P CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting r20200 BO DFR 0 inverted output QN DFR 0 inv outp QN CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection...

Страница 529: ... 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting r20205 BO DFR 1 inverted output QN DFR 1 inv outp QN CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 M...

Страница 530: ...setting CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20210 BO BSW 0 output Q BSW 0 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit ...

Страница 531: ...CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20215 BO BSW 1 output Q BSW 1 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selectio...

Страница 532: ... 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20220 CO NSW 0 output Y NSW 0 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Fac...

Страница 533: ...ulated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20225 CO NSW 1 output Y NSW 1 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting p20226 NSW 1 r...

Страница 534: ... lower lim LL CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 r20231 CO LIM 0 output Y LIM 0 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Ca...

Страница 535: ...40D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20237 LIM 1 upper limit value LU LIM 1 upper lim LU CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Un...

Страница 536: ... 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting p20242 LIM 1 run time group LIM 1 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting 5 999...

Страница 537: ...F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 340 28235E36 0 00 r20247 CO PT1 0 output Y PT1 0 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diag...

Страница 538: ... selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20252 PT1 1 smoothing time constant in ms PT1 1 T_smooth ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 340 28235E36 0 00 r20253 CO PT1 1 output Y PT1 1 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU...

Страница 539: ...LL CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 p20259 INT 0 integrating time constant in ms INT 0 T_Integr ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Floati...

Страница 540: ...lated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting p20264 INT 0 run time group INT 0 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20265 INT 0 run sequ...

Страница 541: ...40 28235E36 0 0000 p20269 LVM 0 hyst HY LVM 0 hyst HY CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 r20270 BO LVM 0 input quantity above interval QU LVM 0 X above QU CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU...

Страница 542: ...input X CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20276 LVM 1 interval average value M LVM 1 avg value M CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be chan...

Страница 543: ...F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting r20281 BO LVM 1 input quantity below interval QL LVM 1 X below QL CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram...

Страница 544: ...up Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 340 28235E36 0 00 r20286 CO DIF 0 output Y DIF 0 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting p20287 DIF 0 run time group DIF 0 RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU...

Страница 545: ...RTG CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20303 NOT 4 run sequence NOT 4 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group...

Страница 546: ...quence NOT 5 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 780 p20308 0 3 CI ADD 2 inputs ADD 2 inputs CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T S...

Страница 547: ... U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20313 BO NCM 0 output QU NCM 0 output QU CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting r20314 BO NCM 0 output Q...

Страница 548: ...3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 820 p20318 0 1 CI NCM 1 inputs NCM 1 inputs CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory ...

Страница 549: ...lated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20323 NCM 1 run sequence NCM 1 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 830 p20324...

Страница 550: ... CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20328 RSR 2 run sequence RSR 2 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection...

Страница 551: ...F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20333 DFR 2 run sequence DFR 2 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory sett...

Страница 552: ...selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20338 PDE 2 run sequence PDE 2 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 890 p20339 BI PDE 3 input pulse I PDE 3 inp_pulse I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP...

Страница 553: ..._PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 900 p20344 BI PDF 2 input pulse I PDF 2 inp_pulse I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Ma...

Страница 554: ...election Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 920 p20349 BI PDF 3 input pulse I PDF 3 inp_pulse I CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20350 PDF 3 pulse extension time in ms PDF 3 t_ext ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D...

Страница 555: ..._PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20355 MFP 2 pulse duration in ms MFP 2 pulse_dur ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selectio...

Страница 556: ...diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20360 MFP 3 pulse duration in ms MFP 3 pulse_dur ms CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20361 BO MFP 3 output Q MFP 3 output Q CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU...

Страница 557: ... 5 6 Breakpoint 6 7 Breakpoint 7 8 Breakpoint 8 9 Breakpoint 9 10 Breakpoint 10 11 Breakpoint 11 12 Breakpoint 12 13 Breakpoint 13 14 Breakpoint 14 15 Breakpoint 15 r20373 CO PLI 0 output Y PLI 0 output Y CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7226 Min Ma...

Страница 558: ...P_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7226 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20377 PLI 0 run sequence PLI 0 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7226 Min ...

Страница 559: ...kpoint 13 14 Breakpoint 14 15 Breakpoint 15 16 Breakpoint 16 17 Breakpoint 17 18 Breakpoint 18 19 Breakpoint 19 Description Setting parameter for the run time group in which instance PLI 1 of the polyline is to be called Value 5 Run time group 5 6 Run time group 6 9999 Do not calculate p20381 0 19 PLI 1 Y coordinate B breakpoint PLI 1 Y coordinate CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_...

Страница 560: ... 30 p9611 p9811 30 and p60022 30 Description Sets the telegram for the Safety Info Channel SIC The SIC telegram p60122 is attached directly to the PZD telegram p0922 p2079 Value 700 Supplementary telegram 700 PZD 0 3 999 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency Refer to p0922 p2071 p2079 p20383 PLI 1 run sequence PLI 1 RunSeq CU240D 2_DP CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_DP_F CU240D 2_PN_F Access level...

Страница 561: ...rpt can be found for example in the appendix to the List Manual Description Displays PROFINET IP of Station r61000 0 239 PROFINET Name of Station PN Name of Station CU240D 2_PN CU240D 2_PN_F CU250D 2_PN_F Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2410 Min Max Factory setting r61001 0 3 PROFINET IP of Station PN IP of Stati...

Страница 562: ...Mop lower p1039 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer inversion MotP inv p1041 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer manual automatic Mop manual auto p1042 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint Mop auto setpoint p1043 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer accept setting value MotP acc set val p1044 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer setting value Mop set val p1051 0 n CI Speed limit RFG positive direction of r...

Страница 563: ...523 0 n CI Torque limit lower M_max lower p1528 0 n CI Torque limit upper scaling M_max upper scal p1529 0 n CI Torque limit lower scaling M_max lower scal p1545 0 n BI Activates travel to a fixed stop TfS activation p1552 0 n CI Torque limit upper scaling without offset M_max up w o offs p1554 0 n CI Torque limit lower scaling without offset M_max low w o offs p2103 0 n BI 1st acknowledge faults ...

Страница 564: ...7 p1008 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 8 n_set_fixed 8 p1009 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 9 n_set_fixed 9 p1010 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 10 n_set_fixed 10 p1011 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 11 n_set_fixed 11 p1012 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 12 n_set_fixed 12 p1013 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 13 n_set_fixed 13 p1014 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 14 n_set_fixed 14 p1015 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 15 n...

Страница 565: ...6 0 n U f control programmable characteristic frequency 4 Uf char f4 p1327 0 n U f control programmable characteristic voltage 4 Uf char U4 p1331 0 n Voltage limiting U_lim p1333 0 n U f control FCC starting frequency U f FCC f_start p1334 0 n U f control slip compensation starting frequency Slip comp start p1335 0 n Slip compensation scaling Slip comp scal p1336 0 n Slip compensation limit value ...

Страница 566: ... value magnetizing Flux thresh magnet p1574 0 n Voltage reserve dynamic U_reserve dyn p1575 0 n Voltage target value limit U_tgt val lim p1580 0 n Efficiency optimization Efficiency opt p1582 0 n Flux setpoint smoothing time Flux setp T_smth p1584 0 n Field weakening operation flux setpoint smoothing time Field weak T_smth p1586 0 n Field weakening characteristic scaling Field weak scal p1590 0 n ...

Страница 567: ...9 0 n Rotating measurement configuration Rot meas config p2140 0 n Hysteresis speed 2 n_hysteresis 2 p2141 0 n Speed threshold 1 n_thresh val 1 p2142 0 n Hysteresis speed 1 n_hysteresis 1 p2149 0 n Monitoring configuration Monit config p2150 0 n Hysteresis speed 3 n_hysteresis 3 p2152 0 n Delay for comparison n n_max Del n n_max p2153 0 n Speed actual value filter time constant n_act_filt T p2155 ...

Страница 568: ... value 13 Tec_ctr fix val 13 p2214 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 14 Tec_ctr fix val 14 p2215 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 15 Tec_ctr fix val 15 p2216 0 n Technology controller fixed value selection method Tec_ctr FixVal sel p2230 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer configuration Tec_ctr mop config p2237 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer maximum ...

Страница 569: ...ristic value M2 Friction M2 p3833 0 n Friction characteristic value M3 Friction M3 p3834 0 n Friction characteristic value M4 Friction M4 p3835 0 n Friction characteristic value M5 Friction M5 p3836 0 n Friction characteristic value M6 Friction M6 p3837 0 n Friction characteristic value M7 Friction M7 p3838 0 n Friction characteristic value M8 Friction M8 p3839 0 n Friction characteristic value M9...

Страница 570: ...r slip Mot slip_rated r0331 0 n Actual motor magnetizing current short circuit current Mot I_mag_rtd act r0332 0 n Rated motor power factor Mot cos phi rated r0333 0 n Rated motor torque Mot M_rated r0334 0 n Actual motor torque constant Mot kT act p0335 0 n Motor cooling type Mot cool type r0337 0 n Rated motor EMF Mot EMF_rated p0341 0 n Motor moment of inertia Mot M_mom of inert p0342 0 n Ratio...

Страница 571: ...hold Mod 2 sens A_thr p0605 0 n Mot_temp_mod 1 2 sensor threshold and temperature value Mod1 2 sens T_thr p0606 0 n Mot_temp_mod 2 sensor timer Mod 2 sens timer p0607 0 n Temperature sensor fault timer Sensor fault time p0610 0 n Motor overtemperature response Mot temp response p0611 0 n I2t motor model thermal time constant I2t mot_mod T p0612 0 n Mot_temp_mod activation Mot_temp_mod act p0613 0 ...

Страница 572: ...lection Enc_typ sel p0404 0 n Encoder configuration effective Enc_config eff p0405 0 n Square wave encoder track A B Sq wave enc A B p0407 0 n Linear encoder grid division Enc grid div p0408 0 n Rotary encoder pulse number Rot enc pulse No p0410 0 n Encoder inversion actual value Enc inv act value p0411 0 n Measuring gear configuration Meas gear config p0412 0 n Measuring gear absolute encoder rot...

Страница 573: ...on input terminal ZM_sel inp_term p0494 0 n Equivalent zero mark input terminal ZM_equiv inp_term p2507 0 n LR absolute encoder adjustment status Abs_enc_adj stat p2525 0 n CO LR encoder adjustment offset Enc_adj offset p2733 0 n CO LR encoder adjustment DDS Enc_adjust DDS p4680 0 n Zero mark monitoring tolerance permissible ZM_monit tol perm p4681 0 n Zero mark monitoring tolerance window limit 1...

Страница 574: ...ection Bit 0 n_set_fixed Bit 0 p1021 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 n_set_fixed Bit 1 p1022 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 n_set_fixed Bit 2 p1023 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 n_set_fixed Bit 3 p1035 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise Mop raise p1036 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint Mop lower p1039 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer inve...

Страница 575: ...chnology controller integrator Tec_ctr integ hold p2290 0 n BI Technology controller limiting enable Tec_ctrl lim enab p2508 0 3 BI LR activate reference mark search Ref_mark act p2509 0 3 BI LR activate measuring probe evaluation MT_eval act p2510 0 3 BI LR selecting measuring probe evaluation MT_eval select p2511 0 3 BI LR measuring probe evaluation edge MT_eval edge p2512 0 3 BI LR pos actual v...

Страница 576: ...bk p2662 BI EPOS adjustment value valid feedback signal Adj val valid FS p2663 BI EPOS clamping active feedback signal Clamping active FS p2730 0 3 BI LR pos actual value preprocessing activate neg corr edge ActV_prep neg corr p2731 BI LR reduce I component Reduce I comp p3111 0 n BI External fault 3 enable Ext fault 3 enab p3112 0 n BI External fault 3 enable negated Ext flt 3 enab neg p3232 0 n ...

Страница 577: ...e I MFP 2 inp_pulse I p20359 BI MFP 3 input pulse I MFP 3 inp_pulse I 2 4 2 Connector inputs CI Product SINAMICS G120D Version 4707900 Language eng Type CI p0480 0 2 CI Encoder control word Gn_STW signal source Enc Gn_STW S_src p0641 0 n CI Current limit variable Curr lim var p1042 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint Mop auto setpoint p1044 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer setting valu...

Страница 578: ...ogy controller output scaling Tec_ctrl outp scal p2297 0 n CI Technology controller maximum limit signal source Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src p2298 0 n CI Technology controller minimum limit signal source Tec_ctrl min_l s_s p2299 0 n CI Technology controller limit offset Tech_ctrl lim offs p2513 0 3 CI LR Position actual value preprocessing corrective value Act val_prep corr p2515 0 3 CI LR position actual s...

Страница 579: ...log inputs status word CU AI status word r0807 0 BO Master control active PcCtrl active r1025 0 BO Fixed speed setpoint status n_setp_fix status r1979 0 12 BO Speed_ctrl_opt status n_opt status r2043 0 2 BO PROFIdrive PZD state PD PZD state r2090 0 15 BO PROFIdrive PZD1 receive bit serial PZD1 recv bitw r2091 0 15 BO PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit serial PZD2 recv bitw r2092 0 15 BO PROFIdrive PZD3 r...

Страница 580: ...utput Q r20232 BO LIM 0 input quantity at the upper limit QU LIM 0 QU r20233 BO LIM 0 input quantity at the lower limit QL LIM 0 QL r20240 BO LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU LIM 1 QU r20241 BO LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL LIM 1 QL r20262 BO INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU INT 0 QU r20263 BO INT 0 integrator at the lower limit QL INT 0 QL r20270 BO LVM 0 input quanti...

Страница 581: ...val r0070 CO Actual DC link voltage Vdc act val r0072 CO Output voltage U_output r0074 CO Modulat_depth Mod_depth r0075 CO Current setpoint field generating Id_set r0076 CO Current actual value field generating Id_act r0077 CO Current setpoint torque generating Iq_set r0078 CO Current actual value torque generating Iq_act r0079 CO Torque setpoint M_set r0080 0 1 CO Torque actual value M_act r0081 ...

Страница 582: ...sitive effective n_limit pos eff p1086 0 n CO Speed limit in negative direction of rotation n_limit neg r1087 CO Speed limit negative effective n_limit neg eff r1112 CO Speed setpoint after minimum limiting n_set aft min_lim r1114 CO Setpoint after the direction limiting Setp after limit r1119 CO Ramp function generator setpoint at the input RFG setp at inp r1149 CO Ramp function generator acceler...

Страница 583: ...ixed value 2 Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2203 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 3 Tec_ctr fix val 3 p2204 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 4 Tec_ctr fix val 4 p2205 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 5 Tec_ctr fix val 5 p2206 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 6 Tec_ctr fix val 6 p2207 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 7 Tec_ctr fix val 7 p2208 0 n CO Technology controller...

Страница 584: ...OS actual acceleration override a_over act r2674 CO EPOS actual deceleration override a_over act r2675 CO EPOS actual task Task act r2676 CO EPOS actual task parameter Task para act r2677 CO EPOS actual task mode Task mode act r2678 CO EPOS external block change actual position Ext BlckChg s_act r2680 CO EPOS clearance reference cam and zero mark Clearance cam ZM r2681 CO EPOS velocity override ef...

Страница 585: ...50 0 1 CO BO Command Data Set CDS effective CDS effective r0051 0 1 CO BO Drive Data Set DDS effective DDS effective r0052 0 15 CO BO Status word 1 ZSW 1 r0053 0 11 CO BO Status word 2 ZSW 2 r0054 0 15 CO BO Control word 1 STW 1 r0055 0 15 CO BO Supplementary control word Suppl STW r0056 0 13 CO BO Status word closed loop control ZSW cl loop ctrl r0722 0 12 CO BO CU digital inputs status CU DI sta...

Страница 586: ...d 2 POS_ZSW2 r3113 0 15 CO BO NAMUR message bit bar NAMUR bit bar r3840 0 8 CO BO Friction characteristic status word Friction ZSW r4654 0 16 CO BO XIST1_ERW status XIST1_ERW stat r5389 0 8 CO BO Mot_temp status word faults alarms Mot_temp ZSW F A r5613 0 1 CO BO Pe energy saving active inactive Pe save act inact r7760 0 12 CO BO Write protection know how protection status Wr_prot KHP stat r9720 0...

Страница 587: ...e 3 I M 3 p8809 0 53 Identification and Maintenance 4 I M 4 p9400 Safely remove memory card Mem_card rem p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source BICO S_src srch 2 5 2 Parameters with KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK The following list contains the parameters with the KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK attribute These parameters are not affected by the know how protection Product SINAMICS G120D Version 4707900 Language e...

Страница 588: ...ting the system of units Unit sys select p0595 Technological unit selection Tech unit select p0730 BI CU signal source for terminal DO 0 CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI CU signal source for terminal DO 1 CU S_src DO 1 p0806 BI Inhibit master control PcCtrl inhibit p0922 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection PZD telegr_sel p1080 0 n Minimum speed n_min p1082 0 n Maximum speed n_max p1520 0 n CO Torque limit upp...

Страница 589: ...ed in parallel 1 C 1 3 p0307 Rated motor power 1 C 1 3 p0308 Rated motor power factor 1 C 1 3 p0309 Rated motor efficiency 1 C 1 3 p0310 Rated motor frequency 1 C 1 3 p0311 Rated motor speed 1 C 1 3 p0314 Motor pole pair number 3 C 1 3 p0316 Motor torque constant 3 C 1 3 UT p0322 Maximum motor speed 1 C 1 3 p0323 Maximum motor current 1 C 1 3 p0335 Motor cooling type 2 C 1 3 T p0400 Encoder type s...

Страница 590: ...ired motor calculations and reset all other parameters not included in p0010 1 to their default settings p1500 Torque setpoint selection 2 C 1 T p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement 1 C 1 T p1905 Parameter tuning selection 1 C 1 T p2196 Torque utilization scaling 1 C 1 3 UT p3900 Completion of quick commissioning 1 C 1 Note This only applies for the quick commissioning Table 2 ...

Страница 591: ...al control status words 640 3 7 Brake control 659 3 8 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 661 3 9 Safety Integrated Extended Functions 667 3 10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 680 3 11 Setpoint channel 683 3 12 Basic positioner EPOS 694 3 13 Position control 710 3 14 Encoder evaluation 715 3 15 Vector control 722 3 16 Technology functions 747 3 17 Free function blocks 750 3 18 Technology controller 771 ...

Страница 592: ...4 2420 PROFIdrive telegrams and process data PZD 615 2440 PROFIdrive PZD receive signals interconnection 616 2441 PROFIdrive STW1 control word interconnection p2038 2 617 2442 PROFIdrive STW1 control word interconnection p2038 0 618 2444 PROFIdrive STW2 control word interconnection p2038 0 619 2446 PROFIdrive STW3 control word interconnection 620 2450 PROFIdrive PZD send signals interconnection 62...

Страница 593: ...ternal control status words 640 2501 Control word sequence control r0898 641 2503 Status word sequence control r0899 642 2505 Control word setpoint channel r1198 643 2510 Status word 1 r0052 644 2511 Status word 2 r0053 645 2512 Control word 1 r0054 646 2513 Supplementary control word r0055 647 2520 Control word speed controller r1406 648 2522 Status word speed controller r1407 649 2526 Status wor...

Страница 594: ...digital output F DO 0 675 2855 Extended Functions via F DI p9601 2 1 and p9601 3 0 676 2856 Safe State selection 677 2857 F DO assignment 678 2858 Extended Functions via PROFIsafe 9601 2 1 and 9601 3 1 679 3 10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 680 2915 Standard telegrams 681 2917 Manufacturer specific telegrams 682 3 11 Setpoint channel 683 3001 Overview 684 3010 Fixed speed setpoints binary selection ...

Страница 595: ...ock MDI active r2670 709 3 13 Position control 710 4010 Position actual value preprocessing 711 4015 Position controller 712 4020 Standstill monitoring positioning monitoring 713 4025 Dynamic following error monitoring cam controllers 714 3 14 Encoder evaluation 715 4704 Position sensing encoders 1 2 716 4715 Speed actual value and pole position sensing motor encoder ASM PMSM encoder 1 717 4720 En...

Страница 596: ...2 Field weakening characteristic flux setpoint ASM p0300 1 741 6723 Field weakening controller flux controller Id setpoint ASM p0300 1 742 6724 Field weakening controller PMSM p0300 2xx 743 6730 Interface to the Power Module ASM p0300 1 744 6731 Interface to the Power Module PMSM p0300 2xx 745 6799 Display signals 746 3 16 Technology functions 747 7010 Friction characteristic 748 7017 DC braking A...

Страница 597: ...d signals 1 778 8011 Speed signals 2 779 8012 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 780 8013 Load monitoring 781 8016 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 782 8017 Motor temperature model 1 I2t 783 8018 Motor temperature model 2 784 8019 Motor temperature model 3 785 8021 Thermal monitoring power module 786 8022 Monitoring functions 1 787 8023 Monitoring functions 2 ...

Страница 598: ...S G120D 598 List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 3 2 Explanations on the function diagrams Function diagrams 1020 Explanation of the symbols part 1 599 1021 Explanation of the symbols part 2 600 1022 Explanation of the symbols part 3 601 1030 Handling BICO technology 602 ...

Страница 599: ...itoring parameter These parameters are read only xxxx stands for the parameter number y specifies the applicable index y z specifies the index range ww specifies the bit number e g 0 15 p setting parameter These parameters can be changed xxxx stands for the parameter number y specifies the applicable index y z specifies the index range ww specifies the bit number e g 0 15 Value range Parameter num...

Страница 600: ...le and hold element y x if SET 1 not retentively saved at POWER OFF Symbols for computational and closed loop control functions Sign reversal Absolute value generator Divider Comparator greater than 0 y 1 if the analog signal x 0 i e is positive Differentiator Symbol for monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Axxxxx or Fxxxxx OR element Exclusive OR XOR y 1 when x1 x2 is or x1 x2 1 1 x1 y x2 dx dt p2900...

Страница 601: ...tput y changes to 0 Delay switch on and switch off PT1 element Delay element first order pxxxx time constant PT2 low pass Damping denominator D_d pyyyy Natural frequency denominator fn_d pxxxx Damping denominator D_d pyyyy Natural frequency denominator fn_d pxxxx Transfer function 2nd order filter bandstop general filter Natural frequency numerator fn_n pzzzz Damping numerator D_n pwwww Used as ba...

Страница 602: ...r Output Parameterization At the signal destination the required binector or connector is selected using appropriate parameters BI parameter for binectors BI Binector Input or CI parameter for connectors CI Connector Input Example The main setpoint for the speed controller CI p1070 should be received from the output of the motorized potentiometer CO r1050 and the jog command BI p1055 from Digital ...

Страница 603: ...n diagrams 3 3 Input output terminals 3 3 Input output terminals Function diagrams 2201 Connection overview 604 2210 Digital inputs DI 0 DI 5 605 2241 Digital outputs DO 0 DO 1 606 2251 Analog inputs AI 0 AI 1 607 2256 Analog inputs as digital inputs DI 11 DI 12 608 ...

Страница 604: ...E Functional Earth X10 2 X10 4 X10 1 X10 3 X10 5 AI 0 10 V OUT AI 1 X10 7 X10 6 X10 8 0 V 2 Analog inputs 2251 A D 1 Only for CU240D 2 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 1 CU DI status r0722 r0722 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 1 0 0 5 5 X05 3 X05 5 FE 2M 3 3 1 0 24 V 0 V 1 0 24 V 0 V X07 2 X07 4 DI 0 DI 1 X07 1 X07 3 X07 5 1M DI 1 1L DI 0 FE 2 2 X08 2 X08 4 DI 2 DI 3 X08 1 X08 3 X08 5 1M DI 3 1L DI 2 F...

Страница 605: ...tatus r0722 r0722 0 0 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 3 3 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 2 2 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 5 5 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 4 4 T 0 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 T 0 T 0 T 0 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t...

Страница 606: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fp_2241_97_04 vsd Input Output Terminals SINAMICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Digital outputs DO 0 DO 1 52 3 CU S_src DO 0 p0730 52 7 CU S_src DO 1 p0731 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO inv p0748 X05 4 X05 2 DO 0 DO 1 Sampling time of the DO 2 ms CU DO status r0747 CU DO status r0747 1 0 X05 3 Switched 0 V X05 5 Functional Earth 1 0 24 V 0 V 1 0 24 V 0 V 1 0 1 1 0 1 ...

Страница 607: ...round point must not exceed 35 V If this is not observed the input will be damaged Possible settings p0756 0 and p0756 1 0 Unipolar voltage input 0 V 10 V 8 No sensor connected r0752 CU AI U I_inp act Sampling time of the AI 4 ms r0755 CU AI value in Values in brackets AI 1 Type switching Analog input CU AI type 0 8 p0756 0 1 0 CU AI sim_mode 0 1 p0797 0 1 0 CU AI sim setp 50 000 2000 000 p0798 0 ...

Страница 608: ...015 V4 7 6 Analog inputs as Digital inputs DI 11 DI 12 1 0 1 0 1 1 r0721 11 r0721 12 p0796 12 p0796 11 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 CU DI simulation p0795 1 Simulation on CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 T 0 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 6 V 4 0 V Sampling time of the DI 4 ms CU DI simulation p0795 X10 2 X10 3 X10 4 X10 7 1M AI 1 ...

Страница 609: ...SINAMICS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 609 3 Function diagrams 3 4 PROFIenergy 3 4 PROFIenergy Function diagrams 2381 Control commands and interrogation commands 610 2382 States 611 ...

Страница 610: ...nterrogation commands 2382 PROFIenergy control commands Start_Pause_with_time_response End_Pause List_Energy_Saving_Modes Get_Mode PEM_Status PE_Identify Query_Version Get_Measurement_List Get_Measurement_Values Get_Measurement_Values_with_object_number Get_Measurement_List_with_object_number PEM_Status_with_CTTO Pe mod t_pause min p5602 p5611 0 Ready for operation r5600 255 r5600 1 Energy saving ...

Страница 611: ...ergy Ready for operation r5613 0 1 A08800 PROFIenergy states r5613 1 1 PE active 1 PE inactive PROFIenergy Energy saving mode active PROFIenergy POWER OFF Pe mode ID r5600 PROFIenergy Energy saving mode 1 POWER ON S1 Switching on inhibited S2 Ready for switching on S3 Ready for operation S4 Operation 1 Excerpt from Basic state machine of a PROFIdrive drive axis source PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation P...

Страница 612: ...OFIdrive ZSW2 status word interconnection p2038 0 624 2456 PROFIdrive ZSW3 status word interconnection 625 2460 PROFIdrive MELDW status word interconnection 626 2462 PROFIdrive POS_STW positioning control word interconnection 627 2463 PROFIdrive POS_STW1 positioning control word 1 interconnection 628 2464 PROFIdrive POS_STW2 positioning control word 2 interconnection 629 2465 PROFIdrive POS_ZSW po...

Страница 613: ...toring Diagnostics 2410 PROFIdrive EtherNet IP addresses and diagnostics Permanently assigned telegrams Signal assignment Signal x 2420 Telegrams and process data Free telegrams Interconnecting the permanently assigned receive telegrams Signal Signal Description Description Interconnection Interconnection Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams Interconnecting the free receive tele...

Страница 614: ...esponse monitoring time t_An is automatically defined by the configuration tool e g HW Config made by Siemens within the framework of PROFIBUS configuration Diagnostic parameters PD PZD state r2043 0 PB address 1 126 p0918 126 PB status r2054 PD fault delay 0 100 s p2044 0 PB suppl t_monit 0 20000 ms p2047 0 p0918 BUS ADDRESS PB diag standard r2055 0 2 Diag offs recv r2075 Diag offs send r2076 PB ...

Страница 615: ...ntrol word 1 STW1 or status word 1 ZSW1 p2037 2 should be set if STW1 is not transferred with PZD1 as specified in the PROFIdrive profile 352 STW1 ZSW1 MIST_GL IAIST_GL NSOLL_A 3 3 3 3 353 STW1 ZSW1 NSOLL_A 354 STW1 ZSW1 MIST_GL IAIST_GL NSOLL_A 3 3 3 3 Standard telegrams Manufacturer specific telegrams Free telegram 7 STW1 ZSW1 9 STW1 ZSW1 STW2 ZSW2 XIST_A 110 STW1 ZSW1 STW2 POS_STW 111 STW1 ZSW1...

Страница 616: ...ameters of the command data set CDS are automatically set to 0 Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile I16 Integer16 I32 Integer32 U16 Unsigned16 Display parameters for receive data according to 2468 POS_STW1 POS_STW2 220 222 2463 2464 U16 U16 bit serial Only SIEMENS telegram 350 4 4 MDI_MODE M_LIM 229 310 MDI Mode p2654 p1503 p1552 p1554 3620 6060 1 U16 U16 4000 hex 100 STW1 NSOLL_A 1 5 ...

Страница 617: ...OFF1 braking with ramp function generator then pulse suppression ready for switching on 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable is possible 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses 1 Ramp function generator...

Страница 618: ...OFF1 braking with ramp function generator then pulse suppression ready for switching on ON pulses can be enabled 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable is possible 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses ...

Страница 619: ...W2 2 STW2 3 STW2 4 STW2 5 STW2 6 STW2 8 STW2 9 STW2 11 STW2 12 STW2 13 STW2 14 STW2 15 STW2 7 STW2 10 p0897 r2093 7 p1545 0 r2093 8 p0820 0 r2093 0 p0821 0 r2093 1 2520 2 8012 8565 8565 Signal targets for STW2 in Interface Mode SINAMICS p2038 0 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0...

Страница 620: ...2093 8 p1230 0 r2093 9 p1492 0 r2093 11 p1501 0 r2093 12 p2106 0 r2093 13 p0811 0 r2093 15 p1020 0 r2093 0 p1021 0 r2093 1 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 3010 2 2513 2 3010 2 3010 2 8565 2 8565 2 7958 4 7017 1 6030 1 6060 1 8060 1 8560 3 3010 2 3010 2 Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram...

Страница 621: ...PROFINET Signal sources for PZD send signals Signal PROFIdrive Signal No Interconnection parameter Function diagram Data type Scaling Status word 1 Actual speed A 16 bit Absolute actual current smoothed Actual torque smoothed Power factor smoothed Actual speed smoothed Fault code Alarm code PROFIdrive send telegram Header Data Telegram assignment according to p0922 2420 Trailer Data type according...

Страница 622: ... 2503 7 2503 7 2534 7 8060 8065 8011 2503 8010 6060 8016 8011 p2080 15 r0836 0 2 Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK NAMUR p2038 2 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ready for switching on 1 Ready for operation DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 N...

Страница 623: ...534 7 8060 8065 8011 2503 8010 6060 8016 8021 8011 Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS p2038 0 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ready for switching on 1 Ready for operation DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active OFF2 inacti...

Страница 624: ... r2139 11 p2081 6 r2139 12 p2081 8 r1406 8 p2081 10 r0899 11 p2081 0 r0051 0 p2081 1 r0051 1 2548 6 2548 6 2520 6 Signal sources for ZSW2 im Interface Mode SINAMICS p2038 0 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 DDS effective bit 0 Reserved 1 DDS effective bit 1 Reserved Reserved 1 Alarm class bit 0 1 Alarm class b...

Страница 625: ... p2051 3 r0053 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 1 Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal status word Function diagram signal source Inverted Used in telegram 350 1 DC braking active 1 n_act p1226 n_standstill 1 n_act p1080 n_min 1 I_act p2170 1 n_act p2155 1 n_act p215...

Страница 626: ...199 5 p2082 1 r2199 11 2537 7 2537 7 2548 7 2548 7 2537 7 2503 7 2537 7 2537 7 8010 8010 8016 8021 8011 2610 8011 8012 Signal sources for MELDW Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 1 No motor overtemperature alarm 1 No alarm thermal overload power unit 1 Speed setpoint actual value dev...

Страница 627: ... 1 POS_STW 2 POS_STW 3 POS_STW 4 POS_STW 5 POS_STW 6 POS_STW 8 POS_STW 9 POS_STW 11 POS_STW 12 POS_STW 13 POS_STW 14 POS_STW 15 POS_STW 7 POS_STW 10 p2591 r2092 5 p2655 0 r2092 0 p2596 r2092 1 3612 3610 3635 3612 Signal targets for POS_STW positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Activate Tracking mo...

Страница 628: ...626 r2091 1 1 Signal targets for POS_STW1 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted Used in telegram 111 1 Traversing block selection bit 0 1 Traversing block selection bit 1 1 Traversing block selection bit 2 Reserved Reserved 1 Absolute positioning is selected 0 Relative positioning is selected p2651 ...

Страница 629: ...10 p2511 0 r2092 11 p2582 r2092 14 p2568 r2092 15 p2655 0 r2092 0 p2596 r2092 1 3612 3610 3635 3612 1 Signal targets for POS_STW2 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Activate Tracking mode 1 Set home position 1 Reference cam active Reserved Reserved 1 Jogging incremental active Reserved Reserved...

Страница 630: ...13 r2683 13 p2084 14 r2683 14 p2084 0 r2683 0 p2084 1 r2683 1 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 Signal targets for POS_ZSW positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Tracking active 1 Velocity limiting active 1 Setpoint available Reserved 1 Axis moves forwards 0 Axis stat...

Страница 631: ...0 p2083 2 r2670 2 p2083 3 r2670 3 p2083 8 r2684 13 p2083 9 r2684 14 p2083 10 r2094 0 p2083 11 r2094 1 p2083 12 r2684 1 p2083 13 r2094 2 p2083 14 r2094 3 p2083 15 r2670 15 p2083 0 r2670 0 p2083 1 r2670 1 3650 3650 3646 3646 3646 3650 3650 3650 Signal targets for POS_ZSW1 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target ...

Страница 632: ...4 p2084 14 r2684 15 p2084 0 r2683 0 p2084 1 r2683 1 3645 3646 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3646 3645 3645 Signal targets for POS_ZSW2 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Tracking active 1 Velocity limiting active 1 Setpoint available 1 Print mark outside the outer window 1 A...

Страница 633: ...tor converter Con bin outp r2094 Con bin outp inv p2098 0 0 Con bin outp inv p2098 0 15 Con bin outp inv p2098 1 0 Con bin outp inv p2098 1 15 Con bin S_src 0 p2099 1 Con bin S_src 0 p2099 0 r2050 PZD recv word 0 r2050 PZD recv word 1 r2050 PZD recv word 2 r2050 PZD recv word 3 r2050 PZD recv word 4 r2050 PZD recv word 5 Con bin outp r2094 15 Con bin outp r2095 0 Con bin outp r2095 15 0 PZD1 recv ...

Страница 634: ...ZD send word 7 PZD send word 8 PROFIdrive send telegram Header Data Trailer Diag send word r2053 0 16 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 0 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 1 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 2 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 3 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 4 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 5 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 6 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 7 Diag send DW r2063 PZD send DW 0 p2061 0 PZD send DW 0 p2061 1 PZD...

Страница 635: ... 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 5 binector connector converter 899 0 Bin con ZSW1 p2080 0 15 0 Bin con ZSW2 p2081 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 r2089 Bin con ZSW send r2089 Bin con ZSW send 1 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 Bin con ZSW5 p2084 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p...

Страница 636: ... p0840 0 r2090 0 p0844 0 r2090 1 p0848 0 r2090 2 p0852 0 r2090 3 2546 2512 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word ON pulses can be enabled Bit 3 Bit 15 Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word p2080 3 r2139 3 2510 p2080 2 r0899 2 2510 2090 1 OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 C 1 OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 C 2090 0 ON OFF OFF1 p0840 C Eth IP ODVA ...

Страница 637: ...TZANW 6 SATZANW 8 SATZANW 9 SATZANW 11 SATZANW 12 SATZANW 13 SATZANW 14 SATZANW 15 SATZANW 7 SATZANW 10 p2625 r2091 0 p2626 r2091 1 3640 3640 3640 3640 Signal targets for SATZANW positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Traversing block selection bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Traversing...

Страница 638: ... SATZANW 4 SATZANW 5 SATZANW 6 SATZANW 8 SATZANW 9 SATZANW 11 SATZANW 12 SATZANW 13 SATZANW 14 SATZANW 15 SATZANW 7 SATZANW 10 Signal targets for AKTSATZ positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Active traversing block bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Active traversing block bit 1 Reserved...

Страница 639: ...I_MOD 10 p2648 r2094 0 p2651 r2094 1 3620 Signal targets for MDI_MOD positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Absolute positioning is selected 0 Relative positioning is selected Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved p2651 p2652 0 Signal 0 Signal Absolute positioning through the shortest distance 1 Sign...

Страница 640: ...46 2513 Supplementary control word r0055 647 2520 Control word speed controller r1406 648 2522 Status word speed controller r1407 649 2526 Status word closed loop control r0056 650 2530 Status word current control r1408 651 2534 Status word monitoring functions 1 r2197 652 2536 Status word monitoring functions 2 r2198 653 2537 Status word monitoring functions 3 r2199 654 2546 Control word faults a...

Страница 641: ... Enable operation 1 Operating condition no quick stop active OFF3 inactive 0 OFF3 active 1 Enable ramp function generator 1 Continue ramp function generator 0 Freeze ramp function generator 1 Enable speed setpoint 1 Jog 1 1 Jog 2 1 Control via PLC Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Speed controller enable To control word 1 2512 4 To the setpoint channel 3060 6 3070 7 3080 5 To the setpoint channel 3060 ...

Страница 642: ...ntrol 2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 Bit 9 1 Ready to exchange process data From sequence control 2610 The drive is ready to accept data Status word sequence control r0899 1 Ready for switch on 1 Ready DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Jog active 1 No...

Страница 643: ...tion of rotation 1 Inhibit positive direction of rotation Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Setpoint inversion Reserved 1 Motorized potentiometer raise 1 Motorized potentiometer lower 1 Bypass ramp function generator To fixed speed setpoints 3010 2 3011 2 To control word 2 2513 2 To fixed speed setpoints 3010 2 3011 2 To control word 2 2513 2 To fixed speed setpoints 3010 2 3011 2 To control w...

Страница 644: ...arm motor overtemperature 1 Motor rotates forwards 0 Alarm drive converter overload Signal is inverted if connected to a Digital Output Bit No Status word 1 r0052 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 0 ZSW fault alarm 1 r2139 r2139 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW fault alarm 1 r2139 r2139 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197...

Страница 645: ...t 1 Vdc p2172 1 Vdc p2172 1 Ramping finished 1 Technology controller output at the lower limit 1 Technology controller output at the upper limit Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved r0053 0 r0053 1 r0053 4 r0053 5 r0053 11 r0053 2 r0053 6 r0053 9 r0053 3 r0053 7 r0053 8 r0053 10 7017 5 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 3080 7 7958 7 7958 7 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197 5 DCBRK ZSW...

Страница 646: ... 1 Operation enable 1 Ramp function generator enable 1 Continue ramp function generator 1 Speed setpoint enable 1 Acknowledge fault 1 Jog bit 0 1 Jog bit 1 1 Master ctrl by PLC 1 Directions reversal setpoint Reserved 1 Motorized potentiometer raise 1 Motorized potentiometer lower 1 CDS bit 0 STW 1 r0054 r0054 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 0 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2546 7 2501 7...

Страница 647: ...able Reserved 1 Droop enable 1 Torque control active 0 External fault 1 F07860 Reserved 1 CDS bit 1 Suppl STW r0055 r0055 Sequence control Sequence control Speed control DC braking control Technology controller Sequence control Fixed speed values Speed torque control Fixed speed values Fixed speed values Fixed speed values Sequence control STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 0 STW setpoint chan r1198 r1...

Страница 648: ...peed controller r1406 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Closed loop torque control active Reserved Reserved 0 Changeov n M_ctrl p1501 C STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 Bit No 1 speed controller hold I component 1 Droop enable 0 TfS activation p1545 C r1406 08 1 Traverse to fixed endstop active r1406 15 r1406 11 r1406 04 r1406 05 0 n_ctrl integ set p1477 C 0 n_ctrl in...

Страница 649: ...ntrol active 1 Torque limit reached without pre control To speed setpoint droop 6030 5 To speed signals 2 8011 4 To ramp function generator tracking 3080 1 To speed controller 6040 4 To motor locked stalled 8012 5 From the speed setpoint droop 6030 4 6030 5 From the speed setpoint droop 6030 3 From the torque setpoint 6060 5 6060 8 From the speed controller 6040 7 From the speed controller 6040 7 ...

Страница 650: ...closed loop control r0056 Bit No 1 Initialization completed 1 De magnetization completed 1 Pulse enable available 1 Soft starting available 1 Magnetization completed 1 Acceleration voltage active 1 Frequency negative 1 Field weakening active 1 Voltage limit active 1 Slip limiting active 1 Frequency limit active 1 Current limiting controller voltage output active 1 Current torque limiting active ZS...

Страница 651: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 6730 3 Status word current control r1408 Bit No 1 Current controller active 1 Id controller I comp limitation Reserved 1 Voltage limitation 1 Speed adaptation limitation 1 Motor stalled Reserved ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved r1408 0 r1408 1 r1408 12 r1408 3 r1408 10 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 7 2536 7 1 Separately excited synchronous ...

Страница 652: ...t Vdc_threshold p2172 1 Vdc_act Vdc_threshold p2172 1 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 1 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 1 n_act 0 1 n_act n_max 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_off n_act smoothed speed actual value r2169 8010 2 11 12 1 Load missing 1 n_act n_max with delay From extended signals From extended signals From extended signals From extended signals From...

Страница 653: ...ions 2 r2198 Bit No 1 n_act speed threshold 5 1 n_act speed threshold 5 1 n_act speed threshold 6 1 n_act speed threshold 6 1 I_act I_threshold p2170 1 M_act torque threshold 1 and n_set reached 1 M_act torque threshold 1 Reserved Reserved 1 n_set p2161 1 n_set 0 1 Motor blocked 1 Motor stalled 1 Load monitoring signals an alarm 1 Load monitoring signals a fault 1 M_set torque threshold 1 p2174 ZS...

Страница 654: ...0 1 8012 1 8023 1 r2199 4 From speed signals n_act smoothed speed actual value r2169 8010 2 Status word monitoring functions 3 r2199 Bit No 1 n_act speed threshold value 3 p2161 1 f or n comparison value reached or exceeded p2141 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_on 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 1 Torque utilization torque threshold value 2 p2194 ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 ...

Страница 655: ...rved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 External alarm 1 A07850 effective 1 Acknowledge faults 1 External alarm 2 A07851 effective 1 External alarm 3 A07852 effective 1 External fault 1 F07860 effective 1 External fault 2 F07861 effective 1 External fault 3 F07862 effective STW fault alarm r2138 r2138 2090 7 1st acknowledge p2103 C 722 2 2nd acknowledge p2104 C 0 3rd acknowledge p2105 C Ext fau...

Страница 656: ...hermal monitoring power module 8019 8 Status word faults alarms 1 Bit No 1 Acknowledgment running 1 Fault present 1 Internal signal 1 present 1 Alarm present 1 Internal signal 2 present 1 Acknowledgment required Reserved Reserved Status word faults alarms 2 Bit No 1 Fault motor overtemperature 1 Fault thermal overload power module 1 Alarm motor overtemperature 1 Alarm thermal overload power module...

Страница 657: ...0 along the ramp function generator then inhibit the pulses Bring the drive to n 0 along the ramp function generator then inhibit the pulses S5c Jogging down ramp Quick Stop Bring the drive to n 0 along the ramp function generator then inhibit the pulses Missing enable signals r0046 1 Controller enable Faults Only if Safety Integrated is active The parameters p1226 p1227 and p1228 influence this s...

Страница 658: ...r enable missing Reserved 1 Ramp function generator start missing 1 Setpoint enable missing Reserved 1 OFF1 enable internal missing 1 OFF2 enable internal missing 1 OFF3 enable internal missing 1 Pulse enable internal missing 1 DC current brake internal enable missing 1 PU enable missing 1 Drive inactive or not operational 1 De magnetizing not completed 1 Brake open missing 1 Speed controller inhi...

Страница 659: ...SINAMICS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 659 3 Function diagrams 3 7 Brake control 3 7 Brake control Function diagrams 2701 Basic brake control 660 ...

Страница 660: ...nditionally close the holding brake STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 14 Brake t_open 0 10000 ms p1216 100 1 Unconditionally open the holding brake STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 7 1 Command close holding brake PU enable internal missing Pulse enable HW 1 Holding brake open ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 1 Open the holding brake Close normal brake Close brake Open brake Priority assignment hig...

Страница 661: ... diagrams 3 8 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 3 8 Safety Integrated Basic Functions Function diagrams 2800 Parameter manager 662 2802 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 663 2804 Status words 664 2810 STO Safe Torque Off 665 2813 F DI Fail safe Digital Input 666 ...

Страница 662: ...izing enable Checksum check for safety parameters Safety parameters except of the password can be reset to the factory settings via p0970 p3900 Safety parameters can be changed Effective password Enter password Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 95 Safety parameters are valid p0010 95 Exit safety commissioning mode Inhibit safety functions SI password inp p9761 SI setp_chksm P1 p9799 SI act_chk...

Страница 663: ...1 STO terminal P2 r0722 5 2800 3 Safety commissioning mode Additional diagnostic information 1 Faults with response NONE 1 Faults with response immediate pulse suppression 1 Faults with response immediate pulse suppression that cannot be acknowledged 1 STOP A To Safe Torque Off STOP A initiated Diagnostics for STOP F SI mon_clk cyc P1 ms r9780 Monitoring clock cycle Safety Integrated version SI CD...

Страница 664: ...n via terminal 1 STO cause selection via motion monitoring functions 1 STO cause actual value missing 1 STO cause selection PROFIsafe SI status P1 P2 r9773 r9773 1 0 SI Status P2 r9872 r9872 Bit No Status word Safety Integrated Processor2 1 STO selected on Processor 2 1 STO active on Processor 2 Status Processor 1 Processor 2 Status Processor 2 Status Processor 1 Reserved 9 1 STOP A cannot be ackn...

Страница 665: ...0 µs p9850 500000 00 CU DI status r0722 r0722 5 1 STO active on Control Unit SI status P1 r9772 r9772 1 2804 2 Control Unit Processor 2 1 Shutdown paths must be tested SI status P1 P2 r9773 r9773 31 1 1 1 Safety commissioning mode 1 STO cause selection PROFIsafe 2804 4 1 STO cause selection via motion monitoring functions 2804 2 1 p9301 0 PROFIsafe enabled for Basic Functions p9801 2 0 and p9801 3...

Страница 666: ...5 4 3 2 1 fp_2813_97_04 vsd Safety Integrated Basic Functions SINAMICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 F DI Fail safe Digital Input 1L SI STO t_debou P1 0 00 100 00 ms p9651 1 00 SI STO t_debou P2 0 00 100000 00 µs p9851 0 00 F DI Fail safe Digital Input FE Functional Earth F DI 0 1 T 0 SI F DI chg t P1 0 00 2000 00 ms p9650 500 00 X09 1 X09 2 X09 3 X09 4 X09 3 X09 5 FE 1M 1M DI 4 DI 5 2810 4 ...

Страница 667: ... 1 internal STOP A B F 669 2820 SLS Safely Limited Speed 670 2823 SSM Safe Speed Monitor 671 2824 SDI Safe Direction 672 2840 Control and status word 673 2850 Fail safe digital inputs F DI 0 F DI 2 674 2853 Fail safe digital output F DO 0 675 2855 Extended Functions via F DI p9601 2 1 and p9601 3 0 676 2856 Safe State selection 677 2857 F DO assignment 678 2858 Extended Functions via PROFIsafe 960...

Страница 668: ...heck for safety parameters Safety parameters except of the password can be reset to the factory settings via p0970 p3900 Safety parameters can be changed Effective password Enter password Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 95 Safety parameters are valid p0010 95 Exit safety commissioning mode Inhibit safety functions SI password inp p9761 SI password new p9762 SI ackn password p9763 SI Mtn act ...

Страница 669: ...ive 2810 1 2819 1 2840 5 SI Mtn IL t_del P2 0 00 3600000000 00 µs p9356 600000000 00 SI Mtn IL t_del P1 0 00 3600000 00 ms p9556 600000 00 Actual value speed p9360 p9560 STO selection because of missing actual value pulse suppression Safe Acceleration Monitor Safe Brake Ramp exceeded This applies to activation via F DI p9601 2 1 p9601 3 0 1 1 1 2858 6 2 2858 3 2 2858 3 2 This applies to activation...

Страница 670: ...2000 00 1 SAM SBR active 2840 4 Select SLS bit 0 2840 4 Select SLS bit 1 SI Mtn SLS set_lim 0 000 100 000 p9533 80 000 Conversion load side motor side 0 1 n_max 0 000 210000 000 rpm p1082 D 1500 000 SI Mtn SLS t P1 0 00 600000 00 ms p9551 100 00 SI Mtn ramp t P1 10 00 99000 00 ms p9582 250 00 r9733 0 2 SI Mtn setp_lim rpm 1 2 2 With p9306 p9506 3 With p9306 p9506 1 SI Mtn gear num P2 1 2147000000 ...

Страница 671: ... G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 SSM Safe Speed Monitor 1 0 SI Mtn SSM filt P1 0 00 100 00 ms p9545 0 00 SI Mtn SSM filt P2 0 00 100000 00 µs p9345 0 00 SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 0 00 100000 00 rpm p9546 20 00 SI Mtn SSM hyst P1 0 0010 500 0000 rpm p9547 10 0000 SI Mtn SSM v_limP2 0 00 100000 00 rpm p9346 20 00 SI Mtn SSM Hyst P2 0 0010 500 0000 rpm p9347 10 0000 SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 15 0 1 0 1 0 1 SSM...

Страница 672: ... tol P1 0 001 360 000 p9564 12 000 SI Mtn SDI Stop P1 0 1 p9566 1 SI Mtn SDI tol P2 0 001 360 000 p9364 12 000 SI Mtn SDI Stop P2 0 1 p9366 1 SI Mtn integ STW r9720 r9720 13 1 0 0 r9733 0 2 SI Mtn setp_lim rpm SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 13 1 SDI negative active 0 SDI positive selected 0 SDI negative selected Setpoint limitation positive 1 1 p1082 0 p9531 x x p9533 0 0 p1082 0 p9531 x x p9533 p...

Страница 673: ...e SLS stage bit 0 1 Active SLS stage bit 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved SI Mtn integ STW r9720 r9720 SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 11 12 Reserved 1 SDI positive active 13 14 1 SDI negative active Reserved 15 1 SSM Speed below limit 11 12 Reserved Deselect SDI positive 13 Deselect SDI negative 3 3 This applies to activation via PROFIsafe p9601 2 1 p9601 3 1 Reserved for activation via F DI This appl...

Страница 674: ...I Mtn DI chg t P1 1 00 2000 00 ms p10002 500 00 SI DI status P1 r10051 r10051 SI DI status P2 r10151 r10151 SI Mtn F DI t P2 1 00 2000 00 ms p10102 500 00 SI DI t_debounceP1 0 00 100 00 ms p10017 1 00 SI DI t_debounceP2 0 00 100 00 ms p10117 1 00 F DI 0 2855 2 T 0 1 SI Mtn DI chg t P1 1 00 2000 00 ms p10002 500 00 SI DI status P1 r10051 r10051 SI DI status P2 r10151 r10151 SI Mtn F DI t P2 1 00 20...

Страница 675: ... 4 3 2 1 fp_2853_97_04 vsd Safety Integrated Extended Functions SINAMICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Fail safe Digital Output F DO 0 X05 4 X05 2 DO 0 DO 1 F DO 0 2857 8 SI DO status P1 r10052 r10052 SI DO status P2 r10152 r10152 M CU DO status r0747 M Safety control Channel 1 Safety control Channel 2 24 V 24 V SI Mtn F DOs_srcP1 0 13 p10042 0 SI F DO S_src P2 0 13 p10142 0 CU DO status r0747 0 1 ...

Страница 676: ...ion SI Mtn STO F DI P1 0 255 p10022 0 SI Mtn SS1 F DI P1 0 255 p10023 0 SI Mtn SLS F DI P1 0 255 p10026 0 SI Mtn ackn int P1 0 255 p10006 0 2820 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 2850 8 F DI 1 2850 8 F DI 2 SI SDI pos F DI P1 0 255 p10030 0 SI SDI neg F DI P1 0 255 p10031 0 SI SLS F DI P2 0 255 p10126 0 SI SS1 F DI P2 0 255 p10123 0 SI STO F DI P2 0 255 p10122 0 SI SDI pos F DI P2 0 255 p10130 ...

Страница 677: ...56 Safe State selection 2856 Function diagram 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fp_2856_97_55 vsd Safety Integrated Extended Functions SINAMICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Safe State selection 2857 1 2855 6 2855 6 p10039 6 0 1 1 0 0 0 2855 6 2855 6 SS1 active SLS active SDI neg active p10039 0 SDI pos active Safe state Power removed Reserved Reserved ...

Страница 678: ...ive SSM feedback signal active If one input is not connected to a signal source this input is set to HIGH default setting Exception If all outputs are not connected to a signal source the output signal is 0 Internal event SS1 active SLS active Safe state SDI pos active SDI neg active 0 0 1 2 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 2856 8 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 5 6 7 9 12 13 1 SI Mtn F DOs_srcP1 p10042 SI...

Страница 679: ...10 2840 5 2820 1 2840 1 2820 1 2840 1 2840 4 2840 1 2820 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 Extended Functions r9722 15 r9722 13 r9720 12 r9720 13 Deselection STO Deselection SS1 Deselection SLS Acknowledgment Select SLS bit 0 Select SLS bit 1 Deselection SDI positive Deselection SDI negative SSM n below limit SDI neg active SDI pos active Active SLS stage bit 1 Active SLS stage bit 0 Internal e...

Страница 680: ...agrams 3 10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe SINAMICS G120D 680 List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 3 10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Function diagrams 2915 Standard telegrams 681 2917 Manufacturer specific telegrams 682 ...

Страница 681: ...grated PROFIsafe G120D DP PN F 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Standard telegrams PZD6 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD12 PZD7 PZD5 PZD4 PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD24 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD31 PZD32 PZD30 PZD25 PZD23 PZD22 PZD20 PZD21 30 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 Interconnec tion is made according to Ps telegram_sel p60022 Telegram Receive telegram from PROFIBUS PROFINET Send telegram to PROFB...

Страница 682: ...OFIsafe G120D DP F PN F 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Manufacturer specific telegrams PZD6 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD12 PZD7 PZD5 PZD4 PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD24 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD31 PZD32 PZD30 PZD25 PZD23 PZD22 PZD20 PZD21 900 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 Interconnec tion is made according to Ps telegram_sel p60022 Telegram S_STW5 S_ZSW5 Receive telegram from PROFIBUS PROFINET S...

Страница 683: ... 2 685 3011 Fixed speed setpoints direct selection p1016 1 686 3020 Motorized potentiometer 687 3030 Main supplementary setpoint setpoint scaling jogging 688 3040 Direction limitation and direction reversal 689 3050 Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 690 3060 Basic ramp function generator 691 3070 Extended ramp function generator 692 3080 Ramp function generator selection status word track...

Страница 684: ...rpm Motorized potentiometer Fixed speed setpoints Extended ramp function generator Basic ramp function generator n_set_1 n_set_4 n_set_5 Simulate ramp function generator Ramp function generator selection status word tracking Direction of rotating limiting changeover Skip suppression bandwidth and speed limiting Ramp function generator tracking STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 9 RF...

Страница 685: ... 1 3011 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3011 3011 3011 2505 6 p1020 2505 6 p1021 2505 6 p1022 2505 6 p1023 1 Fixed setpoint bit 0 1 Fixed setpoint bit 1 1 Fixed setpoint bit 2 1 Fixed setpoint bit 3 r1198 3 r1198 r1198 1 r1198 r1198 2 r1198 r1198 0 r1198 n_set_fixed 1 rpm p1001 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 2 rpm p1002 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 3 rpm p1003 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 4 rpm p1004 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 5 rpm p1005 D 0 000 n...

Страница 686: ...t selection p1016 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 r1024 n_set_fixed eff rpm n_setp_fix status r1025 2505 6 p1020 2505 6 p1021 2505 6 p1022 2505 6 p1023 1 Fixed setpoint bit 0 1 Fixed setpoint bit 1 1 Fixed setpoint bit 2 1 Fixed setpoint bit 3 r1198 3 r1198 r1198 1 r1198 r1198 2 r1198 r1198 0 r1198 n_set_fixed 1 rpm p1001 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 2 rpm p1002 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 3 rpm p1003 D 0 000 n_...

Страница 687: ... e g to 3030 1 r1050 Mop setp after RFG rpm 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 3 Data save active Automatic mode Ramp function generator active Initial rounding off active Save in NVRAM active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value Without ramp f...

Страница 688: ...1071 C Suppl setp scal 1 p1076 C Suppl setp 0 p1075 C r1077 Suppl setpoint eff rpm r0898 r0898 8 r0898 r0898 r1073 Main setpoint eff rpm r1078 Total setpoint eff rpm 1 0 Total setp 0 p1109 C 0 Total setp sel p1108 C Setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel 3 2 If technology controller is activated p2200 0 p2251 0 connected with r2349 4 If technology controller is activated p2200 0 p...

Страница 689: ...MICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Direction limitation and direction reversal 3030 8 3050 1 1 0 1 2505 2 p1110 2505 2 p1111 2505 6 p1113 0 1 0 0 1 0 n_set_1 STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 1 Setpoint inversion STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 1 Inhibit negative direction of rotation STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 1 Inhibit positive direction of rotation Setp_chan n_lim 0 000 210000 000 rpm p1063 D 210000 000...

Страница 690: ...1 1 1 1 1 y x 1 Value of p1082 is limited to maximum motor speed p0322 If the drive is not stopped via the input setpoint but via controlled intervention the lower hysteresis branch is relevant after a subsequent run up n_limit RFG pos 9733 0 p1051 C n_limit RFG neg 9733 1 p1052 C 0 0 r1119 RFG setp at inp rpm 6030 1 6640 5 8010 2 3020 6 3060 4 3070 4 3060 1 3070 1 5030 1 6031 1 6300 1 8021 1 n_mi...

Страница 691: ...mp function generator RFG tol HL RL act rpm p1148 D 19 800 0 Internal quick stop STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 4 r1149 RFG acceleration rev s Other status bits Ramp up active Ramp down active Ramp function generator status bits n_set_4 Inhibited during jogging 1 Enable ramp function generator 2 After a 0 1 signal the ramping is re started 3 With activated Technology controller p2200 0 p2251 0 the ramp ...

Страница 692: ...ctrl r0898 r0898 1 Enable ramp function generator r1149 RFG acceleration rev s Other status bits Ramp up active Ramp down active Ramp function generator status bits RFG tol HL RL act 0 000 1000 000 rpm p1148 D 19 800 Effective ramp up time Tup_eff Tup Ti 2 Tf 2 Effective ramp down time Tdn_eff Tdn Ti 2 Tf 2 Rounding off is always active Overshoots can occur Final rounding off is not effective when...

Страница 693: ...35 STW1 4 enable ramp function generator is effective while the drive is stopped via the ramp function generator Depending on the p1115 the basic ramp function generator 3060 or the extended ramp function generator 3070 is effective Behavior of the response ramp of the torque limiting p1145 0 0 No ramp function generator tracking The ramp function generator ramp is no longer in the range of the sp...

Страница 694: ... 697 3615 Traversing block mode external block change 698 3616 Traversing block mode 699 3617 Travel to fixed stop 700 3618 Direct setpoint input MDI mode dynamic values 701 3620 Direct setpoint input MDI mode 702 3625 Mode control 703 3630 Traversing range limits 704 3635 Interpolator 705 3640 Control word block selection MDI selection 706 3645 Status word 1 r2683 707 3646 Status word 2 r2684 708...

Страница 695: ...672 v_set act 1000 LU min r2673 a_over act r2674 a_over act 3635 4 1 The connector outputs are only supplied with values from here if the jog mode is active Jog incremental The edge is only effective for setpoint 0 exception Override 0 CI p2646 Renewed jogging can only be activated after the jog motion has been completed 0 1 edge The second jog is not evaluated while incremental jogging is running...

Страница 696: ...act 1000 LU min r2673 a_over act r2674 a_over act r2680 Clearance cam ZM LU POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 11 POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 Tol_band to ZM 0 2147482647 LU p2610 2147482647 Max s ref_cam ZM 0 2147482647 LU p2609 20000 Ref_cam max s 0 2147482647 LU p2606 2147482647 Reversing cam Reversing cam Motion variables in referencing reference point approach mode Velocity F07458 Reference cam not found F07459 No...

Страница 697: ...S_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 3 3646 3 1 When reference point approach is selected active referencing p2597 0 signal this function diagram is of no significance refer to 3612 Active traversing is not directly associated with the flying referencing mode passive referencing p2597 1 signal The mode can be superimposed on the jog 3610 traversing blocks 3614 and direct setpoint input MDI 3618 modes F1 Inner windo...

Страница 698: ...0 200 100 100 t 0 1 2 3 a b c c a b b a c c 0 MT_eval select p2510 2526 2 MeasVal valid fdbk p2661 0 Ext BlckChg 0 1 p2633 Ext BlckChg eval 0 1 p2632 0 r2678 Ext BlckChg s_act LU ZSW act trav_block r2670 r2670 Measured value memory p0489 Meas probe 2 input p0488 Meas probe 1 input Meas val valid Signal for external block change has not been received A07463 External block change not requested in th...

Страница 699: ...ce feedback signals Block selection Torque limits Status signals Task ENDLESS_NEG Task ENDLESS_POS or ENDLESS_NEG Start of traversing range End of traversing range Velocity Acceleration override Deceleration override 0 Intermediate stop 0 Reject traversing task Evaluated only in the following cases Current job traversing block and step enabling CONTINUE_EXTERNAL CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_WAIT CONTINUE_EXT...

Страница 700: ...top Fixed stop reached Fixed stop outside window Position value Position setpoint Position actual value Tracking Programmed setpoint position Fixed stop reached Traversing block 2 Traversing block 1 Fixed stop clamping torque reached Torque limits Travel to fixed stop active F07484 Fixed stop outside the monitoring window Following err max 0 2147482647 LU p2634 D 1000 Fixed stop monit 0 2147482647...

Страница 701: ...ic positioner EPOS G120D CU250D 2 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Direct setpoint input MDI mode dynamic values 3620 1 3620 1 3620 1 3620 1 100 0 1 100 0 1 MDI s_set 2690 0 p2642 MDI v_set 2691 0 p2643 MDI a_over 2692 0 p2644 MDI a_over 2693 0 p2645 Pos fixed value 2147482648 2147482647 LU p2690 0 v fixed value 1 40000000 1000 LU min p2691 600 a_over fixed val 0 100 100 000 p2692 100 000 a_over fixed val 0 100 ...

Страница 702: ...g up 0 Positioning Start of traversing range End of traversing range Velocity Acceleration override Deceleration override Motion variables in direct setpoint input MDI mode 0 MDI selection p2647 0 Trav_task reject p2641 0 Intermediate stop p2640 1 No intermediate stop If connector input p2654 is assigned a connector input 0 the control signals select positioning type direction selection positive a...

Страница 703: ...diate stop MDI selection Reference point approach active Reference point approach completed Direct setpoint input MDI active Reject traversing task Drive at standstill Drive at standstill MDI initial state no task for MDI active The drive is ramped down depend on the maximum deceleration p2573 Flying changeover between positioning p2653 0 and setting up p2653 1 possible Intermediate stop The drive...

Страница 704: ...2000000 1000 LU s p2573 100 End of traversing range Start of traversing range Velocity Acceleration override Deceleration override A07478 Target position software limit switch plus F07476 Target position end of traversing range A07477 Target position software limit switch minus F07475 Target position start of traversing range A07456 Setpoint velocity limited 1 Reference point set Mode manager Moti...

Страница 705: ...odulo corr range 1 2147482647 LU p2576 360000 Pos_mode relative 0 1 p2603 1 0 Modulo corr act p2577 Pos act set value 2521 0 p2657 A07455 Maximum velocity limited A07473 Beginning of the traversing range reached A07474 End of the traversing range reached A07479 Software limit switch minus reached A07480 Software limit switch plus reached F07481 Axis position software limit switch minus F07482 Axis...

Страница 706: ...blk sel bit 0 p2625 0 Trav_blk sel bit 1 p2626 0 Trav_blk sel bit 2 p2627 0 MDI selection p2647 11 12 13 14 15 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 Control word block selection 1 Traversing block selection bit 0 1 Traversing block selection bit 1 1 Traversing block selection bit 2 Reserved 1 MDI selection Bit No To direct setpoint input MDI mode 3620 1 3620 4 To mode control To traversing block mode 3616 3 0 Tr...

Страница 707: ...g position 2 1 Direct output 1 via the traversing block 1 Direct output 2 via the traversing block 1 Fixed stop clamping torque reached Reserved 1 Fixed stop reached Bit No 1 Software limit switch plus reached 1 Travel to fixed stop active 3635 7 3630 7 3635 7 3635 7 3635 7 3635 7 3616 7 3635 7 4025 8 3616 7 4025 8 3616 7 3616 7 3616 7 3635 7 r2683 0 r2683 1 r2683 4 r2683 5 r2683 11 r2683 2 r2683 ...

Страница 708: ...6 7 3630 3 3630 3 3614 4 r2684 0 r2684 1 r2684 4 r2684 5 r2684 11 r2684 2 r2684 6 r2684 9 r2684 7 r2684 8 r2684 10 r2684 12 r2684 13 r2684 14 3614 3 3630 1 r2684 3 POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 From dynamic following error monitoring cam controllers From standstill positioning monitoring From referencing flying referencing mode From interpolator From interpolator From interpolator From interpolator From tr...

Страница 709: ...versing block MDI active r2670 11 12 13 14 15 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Status word active traversing block Active traversing block bit 0 Active traversing block bit 1 Active traversing block bit 3 Active traversing block bit 2 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 MDI active Reserved Bit No Reserved Reserved r2670 0 r2670 1 r2670 2 r2670 3 ZSW act trav_block r2670 r2670 r2670 15 0 0 1 ...

Страница 710: ...ist Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 3 13 Position control Function diagrams 4010 Position actual value preprocessing 711 4015 Position controller 712 4020 Standstill monitoring positioning monitoring 713 4025 Dynamic following error monitoring cam controllers 714 ...

Страница 711: ...2685 p2513 s_act set setVal 0 p2515 Position offset 2667 p2516 r0481 Enc Gn_ZSW n 1 Enc fine Gx_XIST1 2 18 p0418 D 2 Enc fine Gx_XIST2 2 18 p0419 D 2 r0482 Enc Gn_XIST1 n 1 r0483 Enc Gn_XIST2 n 1 Direct MT 1 0 23 p2517 0 Direct MT 2 0 23 p2518 0 Abs_enc_adj stat 0 3 p2507 D 1 1 The parameter is only relevant for absolute encoders p2598 p2599 is used to perform the adjustment The position is entere...

Страница 712: ...00000 00 ms p2539 D 0 00 n_prectrFlt t_dead 0 00 2 00 p2535 D 0 00 n_prectrl filt PT1 0 00 100 00 ms p2536 D 0 00 M_prectr M_inertia 0 000000 100000 000000 kgm p2567 D 0 159155 r2564 M_prectrl val Nm r2562 n_set total rpm r2560 n_set rpm r2557 LR_inp sys dev LU r2558 LR_outp P comp rpm r2556 s_set after interp LU ZSW r2526 r2526 6 1 Position controller output limited ZSW r2526 r2526 3 1 Position c...

Страница 713: ...2554 POS_ZSW1 r2683 r2683 Standstill window 0 2147483647 LU p2542 200 Pos_window 0 2147483647 LU p2544 40 t_standstill monit 0 00 100000 00 ms p2543 200 00 t_pos_monit 0 00 100000 00 ms p2545 1000 00 s_act 2521 0 p2532 s_set 2665 0 p2530 1 Tracking active 0 Standstill monitoring Positioning monitoring Standstill monitoring has responded Positioning monitoring has responded Single evaluation during...

Страница 714: ...D 1000 Fixed stop monit 0 2147482647 LU p2635 100 Cam position 1 2147483648 2147483647 LU p2547 0 Cam position 2 2147483648 2147483647 LU p2548 0 F07452 Following error too high ZSW r2526 r2526 4 1 Fixed stop reached ZSW r2526 r2526 1 Fixed stop outside window 5 ZSW r2526 r2526 1 Clamping active when traveling to fixed stop 8 POS_ZSW1 r2683 r2683 8 1 Position actual value cam switching position 1 ...

Страница 715: ...4 Position sensing encoders 1 2 716 4715 Speed actual value and pole position sensing motor encoder ASM PMSM encoder 1 717 4720 Encoder interface receive signals encoders 1 2 718 4730 Encoder interface send signals encoders 1 2 719 4735 Reference mark search with equivalent zero mark encoder 1 720 4750 Absolute value for incremental encoder 721 ...

Страница 716: ...r0483 Enc Gn_XIST2 1 signal period Multiplication by hardware Free running position counter No of signal periods Fine resolution For SSI encoders Absolute position information Cyclic absolute position value only for absolute value encoders e g SSI Enc inv act value p0410 D Multiplication by hardware Sequence control Function selection Reference mark position Absolute value Enc fine Gx_XIST2 2 18 p...

Страница 717: ...act_measurement Fine resolution for speed actual value 1 encoder revolution Raw position signals from encoder 1 Pole position sensing 1 Sensorless operation active Encoder angle n_act calculation r0063 n_act rpm 1 Only for vector control without encoder Only for operation with encoder and PMSM To basic braking control 2701 1 To speed controller with without encoder 6040 1 To Kp_n Tn_n adaptation 6...

Страница 718: ...coder 2 Actual position values are read out from Gn XIST2 using a handshake procedure e g Read position value s at reference mark s 1 Set r0487 0 3 according to the function to be activated 2 Set r0487 4 activate function 3 Reset all bits from r0487 0 4 to 0 4 r0481 0 3 must be active depending on the activated function 5 Overtravel zero mark s until all bits in r0481 0 3 are reset to 0 6 Select r...

Страница 719: ...alue from function 1 1 Position actual value from function 2 1 Position actual value from function 3 1 Position actual value from function 4 1 Measuring probe 1 deflected high signal 1 Measuring probe 2 deflected high signal 1 Acknowledge encoder fault active Reserved for reference point offset Absolute value is cyclically transferred Parking encoder active i e the encoder is not operational Encod...

Страница 720: ...asured value memory Gn_XIST2 for function no 1 Increasing position actual values r0482 The 0 1 edge is evaluated Decreasing position actual values r0482 The 1 0 edge is evaluated This means that the same reference point is always used when traversing to an equivalent zero mark The measured value memory is read out using a handshaking technique according to 4720 4730 Reference mark position to the ...

Страница 721: ..._ERW r4654 8 1 2 1 Reset input Reset output Reset output Basic functions or p4652 1 Supporting absolute position at incremental encoder Encoder 1 XIST1_ERW moved back Encoder 2 XIST1_ERW moved back Reset output Reset with Reset input Only applies for p0437 13 1 Bit 13 Request absolute value Basic function Extended function XIST1_ERW res mode 0 3 p4652 0 0 XIST1_ERW resS_src p4655 Enc Gn_STW S_src ...

Страница 722: ...e boost 731 6310 Resonance damping and slip compensation U f 732 6490 Speed control configuration 733 6491 Flux control configuration 734 6630 Upper lower torque limit 735 6640 Current power torque limits 736 6700 Current control overview 737 6710 Current setpoint filter 738 6714 Iq and Id controllers 739 6721 Id setpoint PMSM p0300 2xx 740 6722 Field weakening characteristic flux setpoint ASM p03...

Страница 723: ...l r1408 Speed setpoint droop r0062 n_set after filter rpm n_C n_act T_s SL p1452 n_set I_comp r1439 r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm Mot M_mom of inert p0341 Mot MomInert Ratio p0342 M_suppl 1 0 p1511 C M_suppl 1 scal 0 p1512 C M_suppl 2 0 p1513 C r1518 M_accel Nm 0 Changeov n M_ctrl p1501 C M_set 0 p1503 C r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm M_suppl 2 scal p1514 M_suppl total r1515 r0079 M_set Nm r1538 M_max upper ...

Страница 724: ..._comp scal 2000 0 2000 0 p1487 D 100 0 Droop M_comp 0 p1486 C N N M n 3 1 1 0 1 0 6060 8 3050 8 3050 8 3080 8 6730 1 6731 1 6060 3 2522 3 2522 3 6031 1 1 0 6799 1 r0060 n_set before filt rpm r1170 n_ctrl setp sum rpm ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 r0062 n_set after filter rpm a for M_ctrl scal 0 0 400 0 p1499 D 100 0 r0079 M_set Nm ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 n_ctrl config p1400 15 1 Sen...

Страница 725: ... 6030 8 0 0 0 1 Acceleration calculation ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 14 Calculated accelerating torque r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm Pre control balancing n_C n_act T_s SL 0 00 32000 00 ms p1452 D 10 00 r0062 n_set after filter rpm n_set I_comp r1439 n_ctrl n_set stat r1444 PcCtrl active r0807 n_set via PC Steady state setpoint calculation r1119 RFG setp at inp rpm n_ctrl n_set 1 0 p1155 C n_ctrl n_set ...

Страница 726: ...ia estimator Load torque estimator Cyclic calculation of the coefficients 1 moment of inertia estimator active 1 moment of inertia estimator stabilized 1 load estimator active Moment of inertia calculation 1 moment of inertia estimator active n_ctrl config p1400 D 18 Only for initialization Basic function Possible bit combinations p5310 Bit 1 0 0 0 Function not active 0 1 Cyclic calculation of the...

Страница 727: ...m r1439 STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 1 Speed controller hold I component STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 1 Speed controller set I component n_ctrl I_val scal 1 p1479 C For p1472 0 0 s or 100 0 s the I component is disabled integral action time infinite 1 Sensorless vector control freeze I component Integrator control Speed controller To Kp Tn adaptation n_ctrl Kp n lower 0 000 999999 000 p1460 D 0 300 n_ctr Tn e...

Страница 728: ...e Tn adaptation active p1400 6 To the speed controller 6040 4 Adapt_factor upper 0 0 200000 0 p1459 D 100 0 n_ctrl AdaptKpLow 0 00 400 00 p1456 D 0 00 n_ctrl AdaptKp up 0 00 400 00 p1457 D 0 00 n_ctr adapt_sig Kp 0 p1455 C n_ctrl Kp scal 1 p1466 C r0063 n_act rpm 0 n_ctr Kp n up scal 0 0 200000 0 p1461 D 100 0 n_ctr Tn n up scal 0 0 200000 0 p1463 D 100 0 n_ctrl n upper 0 00 210000 00 rpm p1465 D ...

Страница 729: ...dc controller is active 6220 8 Acceleration control is inhibited for p1517 100 ms p1400 14 1 Torque pre control 1 Speed controller enable r1518 M_accel Nm 0 r1407 r1407 2 M_accel T_smooth 0 00 100 00 ms p1517 D 4 00 r1518 M_accel Nm 1 r1407 r1407 8 r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm r1407 r1407 9 M_suppl total Nm r1515 r1516 M_suppl M_accel Nm r0056 r0056 13 r1407 r1407 7 r0079 M_set Nm r1407 r1407 9 Torq...

Страница 730: ...t inp rpm r1170 n_ctrl setp sum rpm I_max_ctrl U_outp Vrms r1344 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 D r0066 f_outp Hz r0094 Transformat_angle f_outp smooth Hz r0024 r0025 U_outp smooth Vrms r0072 U_output Vrms Flying restart mode p1200 Speed actual value calculation Slip compensation p1334 p1335 Uf Res_damp gain p1338 Soft starting p1350 Control mode p1300 V_boost perm p1310 6301 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r005...

Страница 731: ...Uf char U3 p1325 Uf char U1 p1321 Uf char U2 p1323 Uf char f1 p1320 Uf char f2 p1322 Uf char f4 p1326 Uf char f3 p1324 3 r0067 I_outp max Arms 2 6 5 I_start accel p1311 I_start start p1312 I_start Ua perm p1310 2526 2 2526 2 6300 4 6300 2 1 6 2 3 7 19 0 5 4 Parabolic f_set Uf U_set independ 0 p1330 C Op cl lp ctrl_mode 0 23 p1300 D 0 Mot U_rated p0304 U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Mot U_rat...

Страница 732: ...p1349 0 the limit is 0 95 x f Mot N 45 Hz r0078 Iq_act Arms Uf Res_damp T 1 00 1000 00 ms p1339 D 20 00 Uf Res_damp gain 0 00 100 00 p1338 D 0 00 f_res damp r0066 f_outp Hz Slip comp lim val 0 00 600 00 p1336 D 250 00 Uf res_damp f_max 0 00 3000 00 Hz p1349 D 0 00 Brake f_start 300 00 300 00 p1351 D 0 00 Brake f_start 1351 0 p1352 C 2 Activation with r0056 4 1 till r0066 p1334 and p1216 has expire...

Страница 733: ...adaptation active 1 Free Tn adaptation active 1 Torque pre control always active 0 Torque pre control for n_ctrl enabled 1 Sensorless vector control speed pre control active Factory setting Reserved Reserved n_ctrl config p1400 D Reserved 18 0 1 Moment of inertia estimator active 19 Reserved 20 0 1 Acceleration model 21 Reserved 22 0 1 Obtain moment of inertia estimator value for pulse inhibit 23 ...

Страница 734: ...rol configuration 01 02 00 6722 5 6722 5 6723 6 1 0 03 04 05 06 0 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Flux control configuration Bit No Meaning Factory setting 1 Flux setpoint soft starting active 1 Flux setpoint differentiation active 1 Quick magnetization Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Flux build up control active Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 6722 5 6723 6 1 Flux ...

Страница 735: ...tive values at 1 positive values at 2 represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrollably M_max upper 1000000 00 20000000 00 Nm p1520 D 0 00 M_max upper 1520 0 p1522 C M_max upper scal 1524 0 p1528 C M_max lower 1521 0 p1523 C M_max lower scal 1525 0 p1529 C 2 M_max lower 20000000 00 1000000 00 Nm p1521 D 0 00 M_max lower scal 2000 0 2000 ...

Страница 736: ...iting controller U_output max Vrms r0071 Mot L_leak total mH r0377 D Iq_max total Arms r1533 Current limit 0 00 10000 00 Arms p0640 D 0 00 Id_setp total Arms r1624 P_max gen 100000 00 0 01 kW p1531 D 0 01 P_max mot 0 00 100000 00 kW p1530 D 0 00 r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r1539 M_max lower eff Nm Isq_max Arms r1536 Isq_min Arms r1537 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff rpm r1527 M_max lo...

Страница 737: ...kening controller PMSM p0300 2 n_pre control n_model Iq controller Id controller 6714 Iq and Id controllers Transformation Current model Motor model 6730 Interface to the Power Module for an induction motor p0300 1 I_phase actual value V_phase actual value U_output max Vrms r0071 r0075 Id_set Arms r0078 Iq_act Arms r0076 Id_act Arms r0072 U_output Vrms r0070 Vdc act val V r0074 Mod_depth r0066 f_o...

Страница 738: ...er Iq_max Iq_min 6640 8 6220 8 6220 8 2526 7 6220 8 6640 8 0 1 0 1 2526 7 6220 8 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 14 Isq_max Arms r1536 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Isq_min Arms r1537 r0077 Iq_set Arms Interpolator and smoothing for voltage limits 0 1 1 0 2526 6 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 15 7 1 Vdc_max controller active 1 Vdc_min controller active 1 Frequency negative Isq_s T_smth FW p1654 D 6714 1...

Страница 739: ...l mH r0377 D Transv_decpl scal 0 0 200 0 p1726 D 75 0 TrnsvDecplVmaxScal 0 0 200 0 p1727 D 50 0 Isd_ctr_prectrScal 0 0 200 0 p1702 D 70 0 2 Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0 0 200 0 p1703 D 60 0 U_dir axis_decoupl Vrms r1728 Isd_ctrl I_limit Vrms r1725 U_quad_decoupl Vrms r1729 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 1 Isd_ctrl I_comp Vrms r1724 r0075 Id_set Arms r0077 Iq_set Arms r0094 Transformat_angle I_ctrl Tn 0 00 1000 00...

Страница 740: ...M From Id_field weakening Load angle correction M adaptation Torque setting value speed controller Id_set Mot phi_load opt 0 0 135 0 p0327 D 90 0 Mot t_excitation 0 000 20 000 s p0346 D 0 000 M_set static 200 0 200 0 p1610 D 50 0 M_suppl_accel 0 0 200 0 p1611 D 30 0 I_set T_smooth 4 10000 ms p1616 D 40 Mot kT_reluctance 1000 00 1000 00 mH p0328 D 0 00 Mot L_leak total r0377 Mot L_stator d r0378 PM...

Страница 741: ... D M_set static 200 0 200 0 p1610 D 50 0 M_suppl_accel 0 0 200 0 p1611 D 30 0 r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 D I_set T_smooth 4 10000 ms p1616 D 40 2 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Flux setp T_smth 4 5000 ms p1582 D 15 Flux setp smooth r1583 Field weakening characteristic Efficiency optimization Id_set calculation Flux setpoint calculation Magnetization control Id current li...

Страница 742: ...n depth U_set 1 Id current limit Saturation characteristic p0362 p0369 Modulat_depth max r0073 r0070 Vdc act val V U_output max Vrms r0071 Field_ctrl Tn 10 10000 ms p1596 D 300 r1597 Field_ctrl outp r1598 Flux setp total Flux ctrl config p1401 Id_set stationary Arms r1623 Drv filt type mot 0 4 V p0230 0 Pulse freq setp 2 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Flux ctrl config p1401 2 1 0 6722 8 Quick magnet...

Страница 743: ...n 10 10000 ms p1596 D 300 Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 D I_FieldWeak prectr Arms r1589 r1598 Flux setp total Flux setp smooth r1583 Drv filt type mot 0 4 V p0230 0 Pulse freq setp 2 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Calculation max modulation depth Flux setp T_smth 4 5000 ms p1582 D 15 Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 D r0067 I_outp max Arms r0063 n_act rpm r1593 0 1 Field Fl_ctrl outp Arms Modulator mode ...

Страница 744: ...n or I_max Power Module Brake control Pulse enable HW DC link voltage Vdc Power Module Control Unit U_set U_angle r0070 Vdc act val V r0072 U_output Vrms r0074 Mod_depth Gain res_damp p1740 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 R_stator act r0395 r0084 Flux act val r0094 Transformat_angle MotMod status r1751 6030 8 6310 1 6799 1 Current model Outp_ph_seq rev p18...

Страница 745: ...ge Vdc Power Module Control Unit U_set U_angle Motor model r1762 r1778 Model control kT estimator p0328 p0316 p0357 p1780 3 r0070 Vdc act val V r0072 U_output Vrms r0074 Mod_depth ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 MotMod kT corr Nm A r1797 D r0094 Transformat_angle R_stator act Ohm r0395 D Vibration damping Sign or Current model Gain res_damp p1740 p1755 p17...

Страница 746: ...24 r0025 U_outp smooth Vrms r0026 Vdc smooth V r0027 I_act abs val smth Arms Mod_depth smth r0028 Id_act smooth Arms r0029 Iq_act smooth Arms r0030 M_act smooth Nm r0031 Disp_val T_smooth p0045 r0063 1 n_act rpm 300 ms r0087 Cos phi act Cos phi smooth r0038 6799 8 100 ms r0032 P_actv_act smth kW r0063 n_act rpm r0068 I_act abs val Arms 0 r0080 M_act Nm r0082 P_act kW Disp_val T_smooth p0045 r0068 ...

Страница 747: ...MICS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 747 3 Function diagrams 3 16 Technology functions 3 16 Technology functions Function diagrams 7010 Friction characteristic 748 7017 DC braking ASM p0300 1 749 ...

Страница 748: ...ive p3845 0 Start ramp function generator Record friction characteristic Play friction characteristic Friction characteristic positive direction r3840 8 Friction characteristic record aborted r3840 3 Friction characteristic record completed r3840 2 Friction characteristic record activated r3840 1 A07961 Friction characteristic record activated F07963 Friction characteristic record interrupted Fric...

Страница 749: ...also used To control 6730 To U f characteristic 6301 0 DCBRK Akt p1230 C DCBRK config 0 14 p1231 D 0 DCBRK I_brake 0 00 10000 00 Arms p1232 D 0 00 DCBRK time 0 0 3600 0 s p1233 D 1 0 DCBRK n_start 0 00 210000 00 rpm p1234 D 210000 00 DCBRK ZSW r1239 r1239 10 DCBRK ZSW r1239 r1239 8 I_max_U_ctrl Kp 0 000 100000 000 p1345 D 0 000 I_max_U_ctrl Tn 0 000 50 000 s p1346 D 0 030 r0072 U_output Vrms r0068...

Страница 750: ...me groups 751 7210 AND 0 3 752 7212 OR 0 3 753 7214 XOR 0 3 754 7216 NOT 0 5 755 7220 ADD 0 2 SUB 0 1 756 7222 MUL 0 1 DIV 0 1 757 7224 AVA 0 1 758 7225 NCM 0 1 759 7226 PLI 0 1 760 7230 MFP 0 3 PCL 0 1 761 7232 PDE 0 3 762 7233 PDF 0 3 763 7234 PST 0 1 764 7240 RSR 0 2 DFR 0 2 765 7250 BSW 0 1 NSW 0 1 766 7260 LIM 0 1 767 7262 PT1 0 1 768 7264 INT 0 DIF 0 769 7270 LVM 0 1 770 ...

Страница 751: ...groups Run time group 1 r20001 1 8 ms RTG sampling time ms r20001 0 9 2 r20001 2 16 ms 3 r20001 3 32 ms 4 r20001 4 64 ms 5 r20001 5 128 ms 6 r20001 6 256 ms Logic function blocks AND OR XOR NOT Arithmetic function blocks ADD SUB MUL DIV AVA NCM PLI X X X X X X X X Time function blocks MFP PCL PDE PDF PST Memory function blocks RSR DSR X X X X X X X X Switch function block NSW Switch function block...

Страница 752: ...0 AND 0 inputs p20030 1 2 3 AND 0 output Q r20031 AND 0 RTG 1 9999 p20032 9999 AND 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20033 10 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 AND 2 inputs p20038 1 2 3 AND 2 output Q r20039 AND 2 RTG 1 9999 p20040 9999 AND 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20041 30 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 AND 1 inputs p20034 1 2 3 AND 1 output Q r20035 AND 1 RTG 1 9999 p20036 9999 AND 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20037 20 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 AND 3 inputs p20042 1 2 3 ...

Страница 753: ... I3 Q 0 OR 0 inputs p20046 1 2 3 OR 0 output Q r20047 OR 0 RTG 1 9999 p20048 9999 OR 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20049 60 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 2 inputs p20054 1 2 3 OR 2 output Q r20055 OR 2 RTG 1 9999 p20056 9999 OR 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20057 80 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 1 inputs p20050 1 2 3 OR 1 output Q r20051 OR 1 RTG 1 9999 p20052 9999 OR 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20053 70 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 3 inputs p20058 1 2 3 OR 3 ou...

Страница 754: ...XOR 0 inputs p20062 1 2 3 XOR 0 output Q r20063 XOR 0 RTG 1 9999 p20064 9999 XOR 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20065 110 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 XOR 2 inputs p20070 1 2 3 XOR 2 output Q r20071 XOR 2 RTG 1 9999 p20072 9999 XOR 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20073 130 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 XOR 3 inputs p20074 1 2 3 XOR 3 output Q r20075 XOR 3 RTG 1 9999 p20076 9999 XOR 3 RunSeq 0 32000 p20077 140 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 XOR 1 inputs p20066 1 2 3...

Страница 755: ...0078 I Q 1 NOT 3 inv output r20091 NOT 3 RTG 1 9999 p20092 9999 NOT 3 RunSeq 0 32000 p20093 190 0 NOT 3 input I p20090 I Q 1 NOT 1 inv output r20083 NOT 1 RTG 1 9999 p20084 9999 NOT 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20085 170 0 NOT 1 input I p20082 I Q 1 NOT 4 inv output r20301 NOT 4 RTG 1 9999 p20302 9999 NOT 4 RunSeq 0 32000 p20303 770 0 NOT 4 input I p20300 NOT 2 NOT 5 I Q 1 NOT 2 inv output r20087 NOT 2 RTG 1...

Страница 756: ...D 0 output Y ADD 0 inputs 0 p20094 1 2 3 X2 X3 X2 X1 Y SUB 0 RTG 5 9999 p20104 9999 SUB 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20105 240 r20103 SUB 0 difference Y X1 X2 SUB 0 inputs 0 p20102 1 X1 X0 Y ADD 1 RTG 5 9999 p20100 9999 ADD 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20101 220 r20099 ADD 1 output Y ADD 1 inputs 0 p20098 1 2 3 X2 X3 X2 X1 Y SUB 1 RTG 5 9999 p20108 9999 SUB 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20109 250 r20107 SUB 1 difference Y SUB 1 in...

Страница 757: ...2 X3 DIV 0 RTG 5 9999 p20121 9999 DIV 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20122 300 r20119 DIV 0 quotient DIV 0 inputs 0 p20118 1 0 1 2 DIV 0 divisor 0 QF r20120 Quotient Multiple integer quotient Division remainder X1 X0 Y MUL 1 RTG 5 9999 p20116 9999 MUL 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20117 280 r20115 MUL 1 product Y MUL 1 inputs 0 p20114 1 2 3 X2 X3 DIV 1 RTG 5 9999 p20126 9999 DIV 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20127 310 r20124 DIV 1 qu...

Страница 758: ...n blocks Arithmetic function blocks G120D CU240D 2 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 AVA 0 1 AVA 0 X Y SN AVA 1 AVA 0 RTG 5 9999 p20131 9999 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20132 340 r20129 AVA 0 output Y AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 input X 0 p20128 AVA 1 RTG 5 9999 p20136 9999 AVA 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20137 350 r20134 AVA 1 output Y AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 AVA 1 input X 0 p20133 X Y SN AVA absolute value generator ...

Страница 759: ...40D 2 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 NCM 0 1 NCM 0 NCM 1 NCM 0 output QL r20315 NCM 0 RTG 5 9999 p20316 9999 NCM 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20317 820 NCM 0 output QU r20313 NCM 0 output QE r20314 NCM 0 inputs 0 p20312 1 NCM 1 output QL r20321 NCM 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20323 830 NCM 1 output QU r20319 NCM 1 output QE r20320 NCM 1 inputs 0 p20318 1 X1 X2 QU QE QL X1 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2 NCM 0 RTG 5 9999 p20316 9999 X1 X2 QU QE QL ...

Страница 760: ...0375 0 0000 PLI 0 input X 0 p20372 Yn Xn A18 B18 A19 B19 A1 B1 A0 B0 X Y X Y X Y Breakpoint 0 A0 B0 p20374 0 p20375 0 Breakpoint 19 A19 B19 p20374 19 p20375 19 Breakpoint 0 A0 B0 p20380 0 p20381 0 Breakpoint 19 A19 B19 p20380 19 p20381 19 This function block randomly adapts output variable Y to input variable X by means of up to 20 breakpoints in 4 quadrants Interpolation is carried out linearly b...

Страница 761: ... 400 0 PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20148 PCL 0 output Q r20150 MFP 1 RTG 5 9999 p20146 9999 MFP 1 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20144 0 00 MFP 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20147 380 0 MFP 1 inp_pulse I p20143 MFP 1 output Q r20145 PCL 1 RTG 5 9999 p20156 9999 PCL 1 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20154 0 00 PCL 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20157 410 0 PCL 1 inp_pulse I p20153 PCL 1 output Q r20155 MFP 3 MFP 2 MFP 2 RTG 5 9999 p20...

Страница 762: ... 430 0 PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 PDE 0 output Q r20160 PDE 1 RTG 5 9999 p20166 9999 PDE 1 t_del ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20164 0 00 PDE 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20167 440 0 PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20163 PDE 1 output Q r20165 PDE 3 PDE 2 PDE 2 RTG 5 9999 p20337 9999 PDE 2 t_del ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20335 0 00 PDE 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20338 890 0 PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 PDE 2 output Q r20336 PDE 3 RTG 5 9999 p20342 9999...

Страница 763: ...920 0 PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 PDF 2 output Q r20346 PDF 3 RTG 5 9999 p20352 9999 PDF 3 t_ext ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20350 0 00 PDF 3 RunSeq 0 32000 p20353 930 0 PDF 3 inp_pulse I p20349 PDF 3 output Q r20351 PDF 1 PDF 0 PDF 0 RTG 5 9999 p20171 9999 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20169 0 00 PDF 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20172 460 0 PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 PDF 0 output Q r20170 PDF 1 RTG 5 9999 p20176 9999 ...

Страница 764: ...D 2 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 PST 0 1 PST 1 PST 0 Q T PST 0 RTG 5 9999 p20181 9999 PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20179 0 00 PST 0 RunSeq 0 7999 p20182 490 PST 0 output Q r20180 T I 0 PST 0 inputs p20178 1 Input pulse Reset input PST 1 RTG 5 9999 p20186 9999 PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20184 0 00 PST 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20187 500 PST 1 output Q r20185 0 PST 1 inputs p20183 1 R Q T T I Input puls...

Страница 765: ... 3 RSR 1 RTG 1 9999 p20196 9999 RSR 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20197 530 RSR 1 output Q r20194 0 RSR 1 inputs p20193 1 RSR 1 inv outp QN r20195 DFR 1 RTG 1 9999 p20206 9999 DFR 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20207 560 DFR 1 output Q r20204 DFR 1 inv outp QN r20205 0 DFR 1 inputs p20203 1 2 3 RSR 2 DFR 2 RSR 2 RTG 1 9999 p20327 9999 RSR 2 RunSeq 0 7999 p20328 850 RSR 2 output Q r20325 0 RSR 2 inputs p20324 1 RSR 2 inv ou...

Страница 766: ...0211 9999 BSW 0 RunSeq 0 7999 p20212 580 BSW 0 output Q r20210 0 NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 NSW 0 RTG 5 9999 p20221 9999 NSW 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20222 610 NSW 0 inputs 0 p20218 1 r20220 NSW 0 output Y 0 BSW 1 inputs p20213 1 0 BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 BSW 1 RTG 1 9999 p20216 9999 BSW 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20217 590 BSW 1 output Q r20215 0 NSW 1 sw_setting p20224 NSW 1 RTG 5 9999 p20226 9999 NSW 1 RunSeq 0 32...

Страница 767: ... LIM 0 RTG 5 9999 p20234 9999 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20235 640 LIM 0 upper lim LU 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20229 0 0000 LIM 0 lower lim LL 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20230 0 0000 LIM 0 QU r20232 LIM 0 input X 0 p20228 r20239 LIM 1 output Y LIM 1 QL r20241 LIM 1 RTG 5 9999 p20242 9999 LIM 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20243 650 LIM 1 upper lim LU 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20237 0 0000 LIM 1 lower lim LL 340 ...

Страница 768: ... PT1 0 1 PT1 0 PT1 1 r20247 PT1 0 output Y PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p20246 0 00 PT1 0 inputs 0 p20244 1 0 PT1 0 acc set val p20245 PT1 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20255 680 PT1 1 RTG 5 9999 p20254 9999 r20253 PT1 1 output Y PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p20252 0 00 PT1 1 inputs 0 p20250 1 0 PT1 1 acc set val p20251 S T PT1 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20249 670 PT1 0 RTG 5 9999 p20248 9999 Input Set v...

Страница 769: ... n 1 TD T_sample r20261 INT 0 output Y INT 0 QL r20263 INT 0 RTG 5 9999 p20264 9999 INT 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20265 700 INT 0 upper lim LU 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20257 0 0000 INT 0 lower lim LL 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20258 0 0000 INT 0 QU r20262 INT 0 inputs 0 p20256 1 0 INT 0 acc set val p20260 Input Set value INT 0 T_Integr ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p20259 0 00 DIF 0 T_diff ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p...

Страница 770: ...340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20268 0 0000 LVM 0 hyst HY 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20269 0 0000 LVM 0 X above QU r20270 LVM 0 X within QM r20271 LVM 0 X below QL r20272 LVM 1 input X 0 p20275 LVM 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20283 730 LVM 1 RTG 5 9999 p20282 9999 LVM 1 avg value M 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20276 0 0000 LVM 1 limit L 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20277 0 0000 LVM 1 hyst HY 340 28235E36 340 28235E3...

Страница 771: ...3 771 3 Function diagrams 3 18 Technology controller 3 18 Technology controller Function diagrams 7950 Fixed value selection binary p2216 2 772 7951 Fixed value selection direct p2216 1 773 7954 Motorized potentiometer 774 7958 Closed loop control 775 ...

Страница 772: ...1 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 C Tec_ctrl No act r2229 r2224 Tec_ctr FixVal eff Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 0 Tec_ctrl fix val1 p2201 D 10 00 Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2202 D 20 00 Tec_ctr fix val 3 p2203 D 30 00 Tec_ctr fix val 4 p2204 D 40 00 Tec_ctr fix val 5 p2205 D 50 00 Tec_ctr fix val 6 p2206 D 60 00 Tec_ctr fix val 7 p2207 D 70 00 Tec_ctr fix val 8 p2208 D 80 00 Te...

Страница 773: ...2 2015 V4 7 6 Fixed value selection direct p2216 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 C r2224 Tec_ctr FixVal eff Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 0 Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2202 D 20 00 Tec_ctrl fix val1 p2201 D 10 00 Tec_ctr fix val 3 p2203 D 30 00 Tec_ctr fix val 4 p2204 D 40 00 Tec_ctr FixVal ...

Страница 774: ...e data save not activated 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non volatile fashion for p2230 0 1 Old value is kept 1 OFF1 enable missing For p2230 0 0 this setpoint is entered after ON If initial rounding off is active p2230 2 1 the selected ramp up down times are exceeded accordingly 0 Tec_ctrl mop raise p2235 C 0 Tec_ctrl mop lower p2236 C Tec_ctrl mop max 200 00 200 00 ...

Страница 775: ...rl lim offs 0 p2299 C 56 13 Tec_ctr integ hold p2286 C r2349 8 r2349 9 r2349 12 1 if p2345 0 and actual value limited and start value p2302 not active Tec_ctrl act val 0 p2264 C r2349 1 0 1 Tec_ctr fix val 15 200 00 200 00 p2215 D 150 00 10 s 1 2 2 5 5 r1150 RFG n_set at outp rpm r2272 Tech_ctrl act scal r2294 Tec_ctrl outp_sig Tec_ctrl max_lim 200 00 200 00 p2291 100 00 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm ...

Страница 776: ...signals 1 778 8011 Speed signals 2 779 8012 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 780 8013 Load monitoring 781 8016 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 782 8017 Motor temperature model 1 I2t 783 8018 Motor temperature model 2 784 8019 Motor temperature model 3 785 8021 Thermal monitoring power module 786 8022 Monitoring functions 1 787 8023 Monitoring functions 2 78...

Страница 777: ...d monitoring functions SINAMICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Overview 6640 6640 6060 n_max 8010 Speed messages 1 8012 Torque messages Motor locked Limit value monitor r1539 M_max lower eff Nm r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r0079 M_set Nm r0063 n_act rpm 0 8011 Speed messages 2 r2169 n_act smth message rpm r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm r1170 n_ctrl setp sum rpm 8013 Load monitoring r0080 M_act Nm 3080 6031 0 6799 8 ...

Страница 778: ... 3 r2199 r2199 n_thresh val 2 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2155 D 900 00 n_thresh val 1 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2141 D 5 00 n_hysteresis 1 0 00 300 00 rpm p2142 D 2 00 n_act_filt T 0 1000000 ms p2153 D 0 T 0 t_on cmpr val rchd 0 0 10000 0 ms p2156 D 0 0 0 1 Monit config p2149 T 0 2534 3 0 1 0 1 n_thresh val 2 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2155 D 900 00 3 1 1 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff rpm n_hysteres...

Страница 779: ...t p2161 Speed setp act val deviation in tolerance t_off 0 1 0 1 n_hysteresis 3 0 00 300 00 rpm p2150 D 2 00 3080 8 n_set for msg 1170 0 p2151 C 0 1 0 n_hysteresis 3 0 00 300 00 rpm p2150 D 2 00 0 T 1 t_del_off n_i n_so 0 0 10000 0 ms p2166 D 200 0 1 0 1 A07903 is only signaled for p2149 0 1 and r2197 7 0 A07903 Motor speed deviation Monit config p2149 T 0 t_on n_act n_set 0 0 10000 0 ms p2167 D 20...

Страница 780: ... Nm r1538 M_max upper eff Nm M_thresh val 2 0 00 100 00 p2194 D 90 00 ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 M_util smooth r0033 r0081 M_Utilization 0 Mot stall enab neg p2144 C ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 Mot lock n_thresh 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2175 D 120 00 r2169 n_act smth message rpm Op cl lp ctrl_mode p1300 Mot lock t_del p2177 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 Mot stall ...

Страница 781: ...fail_det p3232 C Load monit n_dev p3231 n_thresh 1 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2182 D 150 00 Load monit t_del 0 00 65 00 s p2192 D 10 00 Load monit resp 0 6 p2181 D 0 M_thresh 2 upper 0 00 20000000 00 Nm p2187 D 10000000 00 M_thresh 3 upper 0 00 20000000 00 Nm p2189 D 10000000 00 M_thresh 2 lower 0 00 20000000 00 Nm p2188 D 0 00 M_thresh 3 lower 0 00 20000000 00 Nm p2190 D 0 00 n_thresh 2 0 00 210000 00 r...

Страница 782: ...18 8 1 2 4 8017 8 7 Motor temperature sensor via T1 T2 2201 1 8017 1 8019 8 Sensor fault time p0607 Mod 2 sens timer p0606 6 PT1000 0 Motor temperature status word faults alarms 1 Motor temperature measurement fault active Reserved Reserved Reserved Mot_temp ZSW F A r5389 r5389 Bit No 1 Motor temperature model fault active 1 Encoder temperature measurement fault active 1 Motor temperature measurem...

Страница 783: ...A07012 is reached p0605 also defines the target temperature for p0034 100 Therefore p0605 has no influence on the time up to alarm A07012 4 Mot I_rated p0305 I2t mot_mod T p0611 Mot T_ambient p0625 r0034 Mot_util therm p0612 0 0 1 Activate motor temperature model 1 I2t Mot temp response p0610 5 If p0610 12 3 1 0 p0612 8 1 Activate motor temperature model 1 expansions I2t F thresh p0615 F thresh p5...

Страница 784: ...el 2 8016 1 p0612 1 1 1 Activate motor temperature model 2 Mot T_ambient p0625 Mot T_over core p0626 Mot T_over stator p0627 Mot T_over rotor p0628 Mod T_ambient C r0630 D Mod T_stator C r0631 D Mod T_winding C r0632 D Mod rotor temp C r0633 D Calculated motor temperatures Rated motor temperature rise If p0610 12 1 p0612 9 1 1 Activate motor temperature model 2 expansions Motor temperature model 2...

Страница 785: ...16 6 T 0 1 r0632 r5397 r5398 r5397 100 1 Activate motor temperature model 3 p0612 2 0 not smoothed r0068 I_act abs val Arms 0 r0063 n_act rpm Mod T_stator C r0631 D Mod rotor temp C r0633 D A07012 Motor temperature model 1 3 overtemperature r0034 Mot_util therm Mod T_winding C r0632 D Threshold value for F07011 F thr image p5391 C r5399 D A thr image p5390 C r5398 D Mot temp response p0610 1 1 If ...

Страница 786: ...F30004 Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter F30024 Overtemperature thermal model F30025 Chip overtemperature Alarms Power unit overtemperature A05000 Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter A05001 Overtemperature depletion layer chip A05002 Air intake overtemperature A05006 Overtemperature thermal model F30005 Power unit Overload I2t 1 Alarm power unit thermal overload Overload response A07805 Powe...

Страница 787: ...s n_hysteresis 3 p2150 n_standst n_thresh p1226 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 Vdc thresh val p2172 t_del Vdc p2173 t_del Vdc p2173 I_thresh rch t_del p2171 I_thres p2170 I_thres p2170 I_thresh rch t_del p2171 Outp_ld iden I_lim p2179 Out_load det t_del p2180 Enable Pulses 1 n_act n_min p1080 1 n_act n_set 1 n_act n_standst p1226 1 Vdc_act Vdc_threshold value p2172 1 Vdc_act Vdc_threshold value p2172 1 I...

Страница 788: ...p2157 1 n_act p2159 1 n_act p2159 1 M_act p2174 1 M_act p2174 and n_set reached 1 n_act n_max delay 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 1 n_act n_max n_thresh val 5 p2157 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 Del compar n_5 p2158 Del compar n_5 p2158 Del compar n_6 p2160 Del compar n_6 p2160 n_thresh val 5 p2157 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 n_thresh val 6 p2159 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 n_thresh val 6 p2159 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 M_th...

Страница 789: ...1 2016 A5E33842313 789 3 Function diagrams 3 20 Diagnostics 3 20 Diagnostics Function diagrams 8050 Overview 790 8060 Fault buffer 791 8065 Alarm buffer 792 8070 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 793 8075 Faults alarms configuration 794 ...

Страница 790: ...4 r2122 III 0 15 p2128 r2129 p2100 0 19 1 p2101 p2126 0 19 1 p2127 p2118 0 19 1 p2119 Fzzzzz faults Azzzzz alarms 8060 Fault buffer 8065 Alarm buffer Code Value coming going Code Value coming going 8070 Faults alarms trigger word Changes the fault response Changes the message type Changing the acknowledge mode 8075 Faults alarms configuration t_System relative 0 4294967295 ms p0969 0 Fault cases q...

Страница 791: ...0 63 d r0948 8 ms r2130 8 d r0948 9 ms r2130 9 d r0948 15 ms r2130 15 d r2109 0 ms r2136 0 d r2109 1 ms r2136 1 d r2109 7 ms r2136 7 d r2109 56 ms r2136 56 d r2109 57 ms r2136 57 d r2109 63 ms r2136 63 d r2109 8 ms r2136 8 d r2109 9 ms r2136 9 d r2109 15 ms r2136 15 d 1 2 Fault times Actual fault case Faults Acknowledging 1 Acknow ledged fault case 7 Acknow ledged fault case oldest Fault Fault Fau...

Страница 792: ...ted cyclically in the background see status signal in r2139 Alarm times Alarm 1 oldest Alarm 2 Alarm 8 most recent Alarm history Alarm 1 most recent Alarm 2 Alarm 56 oldest Alarm code Alarm value Alarm time received Alarm time removed 0 No alarm present Fault buffer change 8060 8 Alarm appears Alarm disappears Delete alarm buffer Alarms counter p2111 p2111 0 Alarm buffer is deleted 16 bit counter ...

Страница 793: ...Diagnostics SINAMICS G120D 09 12 2015 V4 7 6 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 0 1 15 r2129 15 r2129 1 0 Fault alarm code 1 Fault alarm code 15 Fault alarm code Setting fault alarm trigger 1 Message signal present 0 Message signal present 15 Message signal present Fault alarm trigger word e g as trigger condition to record traces F A trigger sel 0 65535 p2128 0 F A trigger word r2129 r2129 r2129 0 ...

Страница 794: ...rm code 1 Fault alarm code 19 Fault alarm code Fault alarm type Fault alarm type Fault alarm type 1 Fault 2 Alarm 3 No message Acknowledge mode Acknowledge mode Acknowledge mode 1 acknowledegment is only possible using POWER ON 2 acknowledegment IMMEDIATELY after the cause has been removed Chng resp F_no 0 65535 p2100 0 Chng resp resp 0 6 p2101 0 Chng type msg_no 0 65535 p2118 0 Change type type 1...

Страница 795: ...CS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 795 3 Function diagrams 3 21 Data sets 3 21 Data sets Function diagrams 8560 Command Data Sets CDS 796 8565 Drive Data Sets DDS 797 8570 Encoder Data Sets EDS 798 ...

Страница 796: ...DS3 CDS2 CDS1 CDS0 Example Change over command data set CDS0 CDS1 BI p0810 0 CDS0 selected r0836 0 0 BI p0810 1 CDS1 selected r0836 0 1 CDS0 effective r0050 0 0 CDS1 effective r0050 0 1 0 CDS select bit 1 p0811 722 3 CDS select bit 0 p0810 CDS selected r0836 r0836 CDS effective r0050 r0050 CDS count 2 4 p0170 2 Source CDS p0809 0 0 Start copy process p0809 2 0 Target CDS p0809 1 1 Data sets can on...

Страница 797: ...S0 r0837 1 r0051 1 1 A07530 Drive data set does not exist 0 DDS select bit 0 p0820 C 0 DDS select bit 1 p0821 C DDS count 1 4 p0180 1 DDS selected r0837 r0837 DDS effective r0051 r0051 Copy DDS source p0819 0 0 Copy DDS start p0819 2 0 Copy DDS target p0819 1 1 0 0 2513 2 A BICO interconnection to a parameter which is part of a drive data set always influences the currently effective data set Data...

Страница 798: ...Encoder Data Sets EDS DDS Drive Data Set 0 DDS select bit 0 p0820 C 0 DDS select bit 1 p0821 C DDS count 1 4 p0180 1 D D S 0 3 1 0 Encoder assignment 0 2 p2502 D 1 EDS 0 EncoderDataSet 0 Drive Data Set 0 EDS 1 EncoderDataSet 1 Drive Data Set 1 LR Encoder Encoder assignment p0187 D Enc 1 EDS number p0188 D Enc 2 EDS number C CDS p0170 D DDS p0180 Only for CU250D 2 1 1 1 Encoder 1 Encoder 1 Encoder ...

Страница 799: ...4 SINAMICS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 799 Faults and alarms Content 4 1 Overview of faults and alarms 800 4 2 List of faults and alarms 812 ...

Страница 800: ...operating unit e g BOP AOP Differences between faults and alarms The differences between faults and alarms are as follows Table 4 1 Differences between faults and alarms Type Description Faults What happens when a fault occurs The appropriate fault response is triggered Status signal ZSW1 3 is set The fault is entered in the fault buffer How are faults eliminated Remove the original cause of the f...

Страница 801: ...me p1217 expires Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the threshold in p1226 or if the monitoring time p1227 started when speed setpoint speed threshold p1226 has expired Torque control p1300 22 23 The following applies for closed loop torque control Reaction as for OFF2 When the system switches to closed loop torque control with p1501 the following applies No separate braking re...

Страница 802: ...on and other reactions as described for speed controlled operation STOP2 n_set 0 n_set 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 ramp down p1135 The drive remains in closed loop speed control IASC DCBRAKE For synchronous motors the following applies If a fault occurs with this fault reaction an internal armature short circuit is triggered The conditions for p1231 4 must be observed ...

Страница 803: ... 3 or on all drive objects Point 4 as follows 1 Set acknowledgment by parameter p3981 0 1 2 Acknowledging via binector inputs p2103 p2104 p2105 BI 1 Acknowledge faults BI 2 Acknowledge faults BI 3 Acknowledge faults 3 Acknowledging using a PROFIBUS control signal STW1 7 0 1 edge Note These faults can also be acknowledged by a POWER ON operation If this action has not eliminated the fault cause the...

Страница 804: ... optional Information about fault or alarm values optional Remedy Description of possible remedies End of example Axxxxx Alarm xxxxx Axxxxx F N Alarm xxxxx message type can be changed to F or N Fxxxxx Fault xxxxx Fxxxxx A N Fault xxxxx report type can be changed to A or N Nxxxxx No message Nxxxxx A No message message type can be changed to A Cxxxxx Safety message separate message buffer A message ...

Страница 805: ...SDML file the texts listed in the table can be displayed DS1 dec Specifies the bit number in date set DS1 of the diagnostic alarm for SIMATIC S7 When the diagnostic alarms are activated the texts listed in the table can be displayed DP dec Specifies the Error type of the channel related diagnostics for PROFIBUS When the channel diagnostics are activated the texts listed in the standard and the GSD...

Страница 806: ...heck the infeed settings 9003 3 18 24 2 Power electronics fault 5 An impermissible operating state of the power electronics was detected overcurrent overtemperature IGBT failure Check compliance with the permissible load cycles Check the ambient temperatures fan 9004 4 19 24 3 Overtemperature of the electronic component 6 The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest permissible limit ...

Страница 807: ... has detected an excessively high temperature or another impermissible state Check the temperature temperature monitoring Check the configuration to ensure that it is permissible filter type infeed thresholds 900E 14 17 24 15 External measured value signal state outside of the permissible range 16 A measured value signal state read in via the input area digital analog temperature has assumed an im...

Страница 808: ...uffer in r0949 0 63 and specifies additional more precise information about a fault Alarm value r2124 format The alarm value specifies additional more precise information about an alarm The alarm value is entered in the alarm buffer in r2124 0 7 and specifies additional more precise information about an alarm General drive fault 19 Group fault Determine the precise cause of the fault using the com...

Страница 809: ...4 1 Overview of faults and alarms Remedy Describes the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault or alarm WARNING On a case for case basis service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults ...

Страница 810: ...ive 8000 8999 Option Board 9000 12999 Reserved 13000 13020 Licensing 13021 13099 Reserved 13100 13102 Know how protection 13103 19999 Reserved 20000 29999 OEM 30000 30999 DRIVE CLiQ component power unit 31000 31999 DRIVE CLiQ component encoder 1 32000 32999 DRIVE CLiQ component encoder 2 Note Faults that occur are automatically output as an alarm if the encoder is parameterized as a direct measuri...

Страница 811: ...s and alarms 40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 CX32 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM SM GL 50000 50499 Communication Board COMM BOARD 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER closed loop DC current control Table 4 5 Number ranges of faults and alarms continued of To Area ...

Страница 812: ... operation with the FloatingPoint data type The error may be caused by the basic system or an OA application e g FBLOCKS DCC Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Note Refer to r9999 for further information about this fault r9999 0 Fault number r9999 1 Program counter at the time when the exception occurred r9999 2 Cause of the FloatingPoint exception Bi...

Страница 813: ...a was unsuccessful Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyxxxx hex yy component number xxxx fault cause xxxx 000B hex 11 dec Power unit component has detected a checksum error xxxx 000F hex 15 dec The selected power unit will not accept the content of the EEPROM file xxxx 0011 hex 17 dec Power unit component has detected an internal access error xxxx 0012 hex 18 dec After several communication ...

Страница 814: ...ass Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components upgrade firmware to later version contact Technical Support A01016 F Firmware changed Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Ack...

Страница 815: ...originally supplied from the factory F01018 Booting has been interrupted several times Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Acknowledge POWER ON Cause Module booting was interrupted several times As a consequence the module boots with the factory setting Possible reasons for booting being interrupted power supply interrupted CPU crashed parameterization invalid Remedy carry out a ...

Страница 816: ... the USB connection or when removing the removable data medium See also r9401 Safely remove memory card status F01023 Software timeout internal Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An internal software timeout has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for...

Страница 817: ... restored Fault value r0949 parameter Parameter whose value was not able to be re calculated See also p0304 p0305 p0310 p0596 p2000 p2001 p2002 p2003 r2004 Remedy Select the value of the reference parameter such that the parameter involved can be calculated in the per unit representation Technology unit selection p0595 before changing the reference parameter p0596 set p0595 1 A01035 F ACX Paramete...

Страница 818: ...CX files from the non volatile memory Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Byte 1 yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy ACX yyy 000 consistency back up file yyy 001 062 drive object number yyy 099 PROFIBUS parameter back up file Byte 2 255 Incorrect drive object type 254 Topology comparison unsuccessful drive object type was not able to be identified Reasons could be incorrect component type in the act...

Страница 819: ...R ON Cause A parameter has been changed that requires the parameters to be backed up and the Control Unit to be switched OFF and ON again Remedy Save parameters p0971 carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for the Control Unit F01042 Parameter error during project download Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 OFF3 Acknowled...

Страница 820: ...ed for the drive unit 20 The configuration is inconsistent 21 Error when accepting the download parameters 22 SW internal download error 100 The download was canceled because no write requests were received from the commissioning client e g for communication error Additional values Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy use the current version of the commissioning software modify the off...

Страница 821: ...ure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause At least one system overload has been identified Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Computing time load too high r9976 1 5 Peak load too high r9976 5 Note As long as this fault is present it is not possible to save the parameters p0971 See also r9976 System utilization Remedy For fault value 1 5 reduce the computing time load of the drive unit ...

Страница 822: ...ory is active p0014 1 and parameters are continually changed via a fieldbus system Remedy If required de activate and clear the buffer memory p0014 0 If required clear the buffer memory p0014 2 In the following cases the entries in the buffer memory are transferred into the ROM and then the buffer memory is cleared p0971 1 switch off switch on the Control Unit See also p0014 Buffer memory mode F01...

Страница 823: ...isible partition it is necessary to carry out a POWER ON or hardware reset p0972 of the Control Unit Note It is possible that a new POWER ON is requested via this alarm e g after saving with p0971 1 Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for the Control Unit carry out a hardware reset RESET button p0972 F01105 A CU Insufficient memory Message class Error in the parameterization configura...

Страница 824: ...ntact Technical Support replace the Control Unit F01122 A Frequency at the measuring probe input too high Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input is too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 DI 1 2 DI 3 Remedy Reduce the frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe i...

Страница 825: ...52 0 replace the Control Unit F01257 CU Firmware version out of date Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause The Control Unit firmware is too old Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal bbbbbbaa hex aa unsupported component aa 01 hex 1 dec The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit aa 02 hex 2 dec ...

Страница 826: ... p0112 p0115 p4099 If necessary for DCC or FBLOCKS change the assignment of the run time group p21000 p20000 so that the sampling time r21001 r20001 is increased if necessary reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks DCC and or function blocks FBLOCKS reduce the function modules r0108 establish the conditions for operation with a current controller sampling time of 31 25 µs at the DRIVE CL...

Страница 827: ...n configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Unit e g corresponding to SPEED for which an attempt was made to determine a factor Remedy Apply scaling or check the transfer value F01513 N A BICO Interconnection cross DO with different scal...

Страница 828: ...ve fault 19 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The selected service maintenance interval for this motor was reached Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Motor data set number See also p0650 Actual motor operating hours p0651 Motor operating hours maintenance interval Remedy carry out service maintenance and reset the service maintenance interval p0651 F01600 SI P1 CU STOP A initiated Message clas...

Страница 829: ...ls different 2002 Status of the delay timer SS1 for both monitoring channels different status of the timer in p9650 p9850 2003 Status of the STO terminal for both monitoring channels different 6000 6166 PROFIsafe fault values PROFIsafe driver for PROFIBUS DP V1 V2 and PROFINET For these fault values the failsafe control signals failsafe values are transferred to the safety functions 6000 An intern...

Страница 830: ...ing of the value in the F parameter F_SIL at the PROFIsafe slave The SIL level must correspond to SIL2 For fault value 6069 check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_CRC_Length at the PROFIsafe slave The setting of the CRC2 length is 2 byte CRC in the V1 mode and 3 byte CRC in the V2 mode For fault value 6070 check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Par_Version at the PROFIsaf...

Страница 831: ...y software has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy select Safe Torque Off and de select again carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on check whether additional faults are present and if required perform diagnostics check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance F01640 SI P1 CU component replacement identified and ...

Страница 832: ...fied that the Control Unit has been replaced Bit 1 1 It has been identified that the Motor Module Hydraulic Module has been replaced Bit 2 1 It has been identified that the Power Module has been replaced Bit 3 1 It has been identified that the Sensor Module channel 1 has been replaced Bit 4 1 It has been identified that the Sensor Module channel 2 has been replaced Bit 5 1 It has been identified t...

Страница 833: ... been changed 2004 An acceptance test is required because a project with enabled safety functions has been downloaded 2005 The Safety logbook has identified that a functional safety checksum has changed An acceptance test is required 2010 Enable of safety related brake control between the two monitoring channels differ p9602 not equal to p9802 2020 Error when saving the safety parameters for the p...

Страница 834: ...t 230 The configured safety slot for the receive data from the F PLC has the incorrect length 231 The configured safety slot for the receive data from the F PLC has the incorrect length 250 A PROFIsafe slot is configured in the higher level F control however PROFIsafe is not enabled in the drive 300 A safety slot for the send data to the control has not been configured 310 320 The configured safet...

Страница 835: ... or communication has failed Note This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance F01656 SI P1 CU Parameter processor 2 error Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Ackno...

Страница 836: ...egrated parameters were not reset as Safety Integrated is presently enabled 3 The interconnected STO input is in the simulation mode 10 An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported 14 An attempt was made to enable the PROFIsafe communications although this cannot be supported 15 An attempt was made to enable the motion monitoring functions integrated in the driv...

Страница 837: ...P1 CU Simulation of the safety inputs active Message class General drive fault 19 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The simulation of the digital inputs of the Control Unit p0795 is active It is not permissible that safety inputs are simulated Fault value r0949 interpret binary The displayed bits indicate which digital inputs must not be simulated Remedy de activate the simulation of the...

Страница 838: ... class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A logical 1 signal is present at the F DI configured in p10006 for more than 10 seconds If at the F DI no acknowledgment was performed for safe acknowledgment then a steady state logical and 0 signal must be present This avoids unintentional safety relevant acknowledgment or the Inter...

Страница 839: ...erization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The parameter cannot be parameterized with this value Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal yyyyxxxx dec yyyy supplementary information xxxx parameter yyyy 0 No information available xxxx 9501 It is not permissible to enable the function n ...

Страница 840: ...function involved p9501 p9601 p9801 Note SCA Safe Cam SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SLP Safely Limited Position SLS Safely Limited Speed See also p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions Control Unit r9771 SI common functions processor 1 F01683 SI Motion P1 CU SLS enable missing Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge...

Страница 841: ...R ON Remedy execute the function Copy RAM to ROM carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on A01696 F SI Motion Test stop for the motion monitoring functions selected when booting Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The forced checking procedure test stop for the safe motion monitoring functions is already selected when booting whic...

Страница 842: ...Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The time set in p9659 for the forced checking procedure test stop for the STO function has been exceeded A new forced checking procedure is required After the next time the STO function is de selected the message is withdrawn and the monitoring time is reset Note this message does not result in ...

Страница 843: ...rating stop exceeded Remedy remove the cause of the fault on the monitoring channel of processor 2 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01714 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01711 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01707 This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON using Acknowledge internal event C01706 SI Motion P1 CU SAM SBR limit exceeded Message class Saf...

Страница 844: ...60 p9360 43 Memory test stop response STOP A 44 57 General Possible cause 1 during commissioning or parameter modification The tolerance value for the monitoring function is not the same on the two monitoring channels Possible cause 2 during active operation The limit values are based on the actual value r9713 0 1 If the safe actual values on the two monitoring channels do not match the limit valu...

Страница 845: ... delay time p9565 p9365 254 Setting behavior during pulse suppression p9509 p9309 256 Status image of monitoring functions SOS SLS SLP test stop SBR SDI result list 1 ext r9710 258 Fault tolerance actual value sensing encoderless p9585 p9385 1000 Watchdog timer has expired Too many signal changes have occurred at the F DI 1001 Initialization error of watchdog timer 1005 Pulses already suppressed f...

Страница 846: ...que generating field generating current and actual speed value may not fluctuate reduce the dynamic response of the setpoint value For message value 6000 6999 Refer to the description of the message values in safety fault F01611 This message can be acknowledged using Acknowledge internal event C01712 SI Motion P1 CU Defect in F IO processing Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified a...

Страница 847: ...ing motion program in the control check limits for SLS and if required adapt accordingly p9531 This message can be acknowledged using Acknowledge internal event Note SLS Safely Limited Speed See also p9531 SI Motion SLS limit values processor 1 p9563 SI Motion SLS specific stop response processor 1 C01716 SI Motion P1 CU Tolerance for safe motion direction exceeded Message class Safety monitoring ...

Страница 848: ...ssary to adapt the discrepancy time to the switching frequency If the period of a cyclic switching pulse corresponds to twice the value of p10002 then the following formulas should be checked p10002 tp 2 td discrepancy time must be less than half the period minus the actual discrepancy time p10002 12 ms discrepancy time must be no less than 12 ms p10002 td discrepancy time must be greater than the...

Страница 849: ...0S 2 readback via DI 6 Y 3 Incorrect timer state on processor 1 internal fault Y 4 Expected states of the diag DOs were not fulfilled CU240D 2 internal readback on processor 2 channel CU250S 2 readback via DI 6 Y 5 Expected states of the second diag DOs were not fulfilled CU240D 2 internal readback on processor 1 X and V indicate the DI or Diag DO state dependent upon the reason for the fault 2 4 ...

Страница 850: ...or the forced checking procedure test stop for the fail safe digital outputs has been exceeded A new forced checking procedure is required After the next time the forced checking procedure is selected the message is withdrawn and the monitoring time is reset Note this message does not result in a safety stop response the test must be performed within a defined maximum time interval p10003 maximum ...

Страница 851: ...ystem 9 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The drive waits for communication to be established to execute the safety relevant motion monitoring functions Note In this state the pulses are safely suppressed Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 3 Wait for communication to be established to PROFIsafe F Host Remedy If after a longer period of time the message is not automatically withdrawn the follow...

Страница 852: ...interface setpoint timeout Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Reaction OFF3 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The reception of setpoints from the fieldbus interface has been interrupted bus connection interrupted communication partner switched off For PROFIBUS PROFIBUS master set into the STOP state See also p2047 PROFIBUS additional ...

Страница 853: ...orted Remedy check the PROFIBUS cables check the state of the Publisher that has the aborted connection See also r2077 PROFIBUS diagnostics peer to peer data transfer addresses F01951 CU SYNC Synchronization application clock cycle missing Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction OFF2 NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause Internal synchronization of the application c...

Страница 854: ...ter than the selected basic clock cycle 0 p0110 0 Remedy Increase the value for the trace cycle A02057 Trace Time slice clock cycle invalid Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices Remedy Enter an existing time slice clock cycle The exi...

Страница 855: ... cannot be used as a trigger signal for the trace Remedy Specify a valid trigger signal A02063 Trace Invalid data type Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The specified data type to select a signal using a physical address is invalid Remedy Use a valid data type A02070 Trace Parameter cannot be changed Message cl...

Страница 856: ...saved writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save 4 Data save operation canceled for instance the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found Remedy insert or remove the memory card use a larger memory card configure a longer trace time or use an endless trace avoid saving parameters while a multiple trace is running check whether other ...

Страница 857: ...ace time increase the trace clock cycle reduce the number of signals to be traced A02150 OA Application cannot be loaded Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The system was not able to load an OA application Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal 16 The interface version in the DCB user library is not compatible to the DCC standard library that has been loa...

Страница 858: ...is activated for the drive object concerned yy 2 The data length of the specified application is not the same in the NVRAM and the backup yy 3 The data checksum in p7774 is not correct yy 4 No data available to load Remedy Perform the remedy according to the results of the troubleshooting if necessary start the action again F03001 NVRAM checksum incorrect Message class Hardware software error 1 Re...

Страница 859: ...ponse is set using p0290 If the temperature of the heat sink increases by an additional 5 K then fault F30004 is initiated Remedy Check the following is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values have the load conditions and the load duty cycle been appropriately dimensioned has the cooling failed A05001 N Power unit Overtemperature depletion layer chip Message class Power electronics...

Страница 860: ...locksize power units only Depending on p0290 an appropriate overload response is initiated See also r0037 Power unit temperatures Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears automatically once the limit value is undershot Note If the alarm does not disappear automatically and the temperature continues to rise this can result in fault F30024 See also p0290 Power unit overload response A05065 F N Volt...

Страница 861: ...FF1 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause KTY84 PT1000 The motor temperature has exceeded the fault threshold p0605 or the timer p0606 after the alarm threshold was exceeded p0604 has expired The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active The alarm is withdrawn if the response threshold for wire breakage or sensor not connected is exceeded R 2120 Ohm PTC or bimetallic NC contact The respons...

Страница 862: ...Drive Motor temperature model configuration alarm Message class Motor overload 8 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A fault has occurred in the configuration of the motor temperature model Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 All motor temperature models It is not possible to save the model temperature See also p0610 Motor overtemperature response Remedy set the response for motor overtemperatu...

Страница 863: ...value includes the parameter number involved See also p0310 p0311 p0341 p0344 p0350 p0354 p0356 p0357 p0358 p0360 p0400 p0404 p0408 p0640 p1082 p1300 Remedy Modify the parameter indicated in the fault value r0949 e g p0640 current limit 0 See also p0311 p0341 p0344 p0350 p0354 p0356 p0358 p0360 p0400 p0404 p0408 p0640 p1082 F07082 Macro Execution not possible Message class Error in the parameteriz...

Страница 864: ...n set in the macro was not fulfilled in a certain number of attempts Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Parameter number for which the condition was set Remedy Check and correct the conditions for the WaitUntil loop F07086 Units changeover Parameter limit violation due to reference value change Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Ackn...

Страница 865: ...estimator is ready if the frictional values p1563 p1564 as well as the moment of inertia value p1493 have been determined r1407 26 1 Remedy Repeat the operation when the moment of inertia estimator is ready r1407 26 1 A07094 General parameter limit violation Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause As a result of the violation of a parameter limit the parameter ...

Страница 866: ... each new start attempt the monitoring time for the power unit has expired p0857 when exiting commissioning or at the end of the motor identification routine or the speed controller optimization the drive unit is not automatically switched on again Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy increase the number of restart attempts p1211 The actual numbe...

Страница 867: ...imiting controller of the U f control was activated because the current limit was exceeded Remedy The alarm is automatically withdrawn after one of the following measures increase current limit p0640 reduce the load slow down the ramp up to the setpoint speed F07410 Drive Current controller output limited Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowled...

Страница 868: ...estart p0621 2 Remedy For fault cause 1 Shut down soft start p1401 0 0 Shut down quick magnetizing p1401 6 0 For fault cause 2 De energize flux build up control p1401 2 0 Shut down quick magnetizing p1401 6 0 For fault cause 3 Re parameterize Rs identification p0621 0 1 Shut down quick magnetizing p1401 6 0 F07426 A Technology controller actual value limited Message class Application technological...

Страница 869: ...jerk time is internally limited to 1000 ms Note The alarm is also output if jerk limiting is not active Remedy increase the jerk limiting p2574 reduce maximum acceleration or maximum deceleration p2572 p2573 See also p2572 EPOS maximum acceleration p2573 EPOS maximum deceleration p2574 EPOS jerk limiting A07441 LR Save the position offset of the absolute encoder adjustment Message class Error in t...

Страница 870: ...oo low p2538 position loop gain too high instability oscillation p2538 mechanical overload Connecting cable motor drive converter incorrect phase missing interchanged when selecting motor identification select tracking mode BI p2655 0 1 signal Remedy Check the causes and resolve F07451 A LR Position monitoring has responded Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF1 ...

Страница 871: ...ocedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The maximum velocity p2571 is too high to correctly calculate the modulo correction Within the sampling time for positioning 8 ms with the maximum velocity a maximum of the half modulo length must be moved through p2571 was limited to this value Remedy Reduce the maximum velocity p2571 A07456 EPOS Setpoint velocity limited Message class Application t...

Страница 872: ... EPOS search for reference max distance ref cam and zero mark F07460 EPOS End of reference cam not found Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause During the search for reference when the axis reached the zero mark it also reached the end of the traversing range without detecting an edge at the binector input reference cam BI ...

Страница 873: ...mal Number of the traversing block with the missing subsequent block Remedy parameterize this traversing block with the block change enable END parameterize additional traversing blocks with a higher block number and for the last block using the block change enable END A07466 EPOS Traversing block number assigned a multiple number of times Message class Error in the parameterization configuration ...

Страница 874: ...umber of the traversing block with illegal target position Remedy correct the traversing block change software limit switch plus CI p2579 p2581 A07471 EPOS Traversing block target position outside the modulo range Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause In the traversing block the target position lies outside the modulo range Alarm value r21...

Страница 875: ...owledge NONE Cause In the actual traversing operation the target position is less than the software limit switch minus Remedy correct the target position change software limit switch minus CI p2578 p2580 See also p2578 EPOS software limit switch minus signal source p2580 EPOS software limit switch minus p2582 EPOS software limit switch activation A07478 F EPOS Target position software limit switch...

Страница 876: ...itch plus Remedy correct the target position change software limit switch plus CI p2579 p2581 See also p2579 EPOS software limit switch plus signal source p2581 EPOS software limit switch plus p2582 EPOS software limit switch activation A07483 EPOS Travel to fixed stop clamping torque not reached Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The f...

Страница 877: ...oning was selected BI p2648 0 signal Remedy Check the control A07489 EPOS Reference point correction outside the window Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For the function flying referencing the difference between the measured position at the measuring probe and the reference point coordinate lies outside the parameterized window Remedy...

Страница 878: ...te value after the load gear r2723 has exceeded the value range 3 The maximum encoder value times the factor to convert the absolute position r0483 and or r2723 from increments to length units LU has exceeded the value range for displaying the position actual value Note For a linear encoder the following must be maintained p0407 p2503 2 p0418 10 7 1 p0407 p2503 2 p0419 10 7 1 Remedy If required re...

Страница 879: ...eaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause It is not possible to enable the basic positioner because at least one signal is missing Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 EPOS enable missing BI p2656 2 Position actual value valid feedback signal missing BI p2658 See also p2656 EPOS enable basic positioner p2658 EPOS pos actual value valid feedback signal Remedy Check the appropriate binector inputs and si...

Страница 880: ... the traversing direction to approach the reversing cam F07503 EPOS STOP cam approached with the incorrect traversing direction Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The STOP cam MINUS was approached in the positive traversing direction or the STOP cam PLUS was approached in the negative traversing direction Remedy check the wiring ...

Страница 881: ...n in r0456 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal ccccbbaa hex cccc fault cause bb component number aa encoder data set cccc 1 encoder sin cos with absolute track is supported by SME25 cccc 3 Squarewave encoder this is supported by SMC30 cccc 4 sin cos encoder this is supported by SMC20 SMI20 SME20 SME25 cccc 10 DRIVE CLiQ encoder is supported by DQI cccc 12 sin cos encoder with reference mark this i...

Страница 882: ...ordinate signal source A07558 F Encoder 2 Reference point coordinate not in the permissible range Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The reference point coordinate received when adjusting the encoder via connector input CI p2599 lies outside the half of the encoder range and cannot be set as actual axis position The maximum permissible ...

Страница 883: ...zation configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause During encoder identification waiting with p0400 10100 the encoder could still not be identified Either the wrong encoder has been installed or no encoder has been installed the wrong encoder cable has been connected or no encoder cable has been connected to the Sensor Module or the DRIVE CLiQ component has not be...

Страница 884: ... Measuring probe evaluation not possible Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When evaluating the measuring probe an error occurred Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 6 The input terminal for the measuring probe is not set 4098 Error when initializing the measuring probe 4100 The measuring pulse frequency is too high 4200 The PROFIBUS cl...

Страница 885: ...ameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The following problem has occurred during the position actual value preprocessing an encoder data set has been assigned however the encoder data set does not contain any encoder data p0400 0 or invalid data e g p0408 0 Remedy Check the drive data sets encoder data sets See also p0187 Encoder 1 encoder data ...

Страница 886: ...on of absolute position actual values p0419 A07594 F N Encoder 2 Value range for position actual value exceeded Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The value range 2147483648 2147483647 for the position actual value representation was exceeded When the overflow occurs the referenced or absolute encoder adjusted status is reset Alarm valu...

Страница 887: ...actor to convert the absolute position r0483 and or r2723 from increments to length units LU has exceeded the value range 2147483648 2147483647 for displaying the position actual value Remedy If the value for the maximum possible absolute position LU is greater than 4294967296 then it is not possible to make an adjustment due to an overflow For rotary encoders the maximum possible absolute positio...

Страница 888: ...ack signal contacts when switching off the shutoff valve p0230 p9625 1 p9825 1 See also p0230 Drive filter type motor side F07800 Drive No power unit present Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The power unit parameters cannot be read or no parameters are stored in the power unit Note This fault also occur...

Страница 889: ...ere is a DC link voltage Check the DC link busbar Enable the infeed replace the associated infeed or drive of the signaling component check the line supply voltage setting p0210 See also p0857 Power unit monitoring time A07805 N Drive Power unit overload I2t Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Alarm threshold for I2t overload p0294 of the power unit excee...

Страница 890: ... fault the following applies do not enable the pulses when connecting to a rotating motor without the Flying restart function activated p1200 increase the de energization time p0347 increase pulse suppression delay time p1228 to ensure standstill if required de activate the monitoring p1901 F07810 Drive Power unit EEPROM without rated data Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Ackn...

Страница 891: ...ELY POWER ON Cause The condition for External fault 2 is satisfied Note The External fault 2 is initiated by a 1 0 edge via binector input p2107 See also p2107 External fault 2 Remedy eliminate the causes of this fault acknowledge fault F07862 A External fault 3 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl...

Страница 892: ...quantity See also p2181 p2182 p2183 p2184 p2186 p2188 p2190 p2193 Remedy remove the leak in the pump circuit for a nuisance trip reduce the torque thresholds of the leakage characteristic p2186 p2188 p2190 F07894 Drive Load monitoring pump fan blocked Message class Motor overload 8 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The load monitoring is configured for a pump or fan p2193 ...

Страница 893: ... Motor blocked and if required correct p2175 p2177 check the direction of rotation enable signals for a flying restart of the motor p1110 p1111 for U f control check the current limits and acceleration times p0640 p1120 F07901 Drive Motor overspeed Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The maximum permissible speed was ei...

Страница 894: ...whether a line phase failure is affecting power unit PM250D check whether the motor cables are disconnected see A07929 If there is no fault then the delay time can be increased p2178 A07903 Drive Motor speed deviation Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The absolute value of the speed difference from the setpoint p2151 and the speed actu...

Страница 895: ...ted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For p2193 1 The torque deviates from the torque speed envelope characteristic too high For p2193 2 The speed signal from the external encoder refer to p3230 deviates from the speed r2169 too high Remedy check the connection between the motor and load adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load A07922 Drive Torque speed out of tolerance Message c...

Страница 896: ...nowledge NONE Cause Invalid parameter values were entered for the envelope characteristic of the load monitoring The following rules apply for the speed thresholds p2182 p2183 p2184 The following rules apply for the torque thresholds p2185 p2186 p2187 p2188 p2189 p2190 Load monitoring configuration and response must match It is not permissible that the individual load torque monitoring areas overl...

Страница 897: ... e g p0300 0 no motor Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Parameter number involved See also p0300 p0301 p0304 p0305 p0307 p0310 p0311 p0314 p0316 p0320 p0322 p0323 Remedy Compare the motor data with the rating plate data and if required correct A07960 Drive Incorrect friction characteristic Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowle...

Страница 898: ...46 Missing enable signals r0046 1082 The highest speed value to be approached p3829 is greater than the maximum speed p1082 1084 The highest speed value to be approached p3829 is greater than the maximum speed r1084 p1083 p1085 1087 The highest speed value to be approached p3829 is greater than the maximum speed r1087 p1086 p1088 1110 Friction characteristic record negative direction selected p384...

Страница 899: ...rd p3845 F07967 Drive Incorrect pole position identification Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Carry out a POWER ON F07968 Drive Lq Ld measurement incorrect Message class Error ...

Страница 900: ... Check whether motor data have been correctly entered Replace the power unit involved For fault value 2 Bring the motor into a no load condition For fault value 10 When selecting p1980 4 Increase the value for p0325 When selecting p1980 1 Increase the value for p0329 Check whether the motor is correctly connected Replace the power unit involved For fault value 11 Increase the value for p0329 Check...

Страница 901: ...commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The rotating measurement cannot be started due to missing enable signals For p1959 13 1 the following applies enable signals for the ramp function generator missing see p1140 p1142 enable signals for the speed controller integrator missing see p1476 p1477 Remedy acknowledge faults that are present establish missing enable signals See ...

Страница 902: ...rcuit did not reach a steady state condition 4 The adaptation circuit was not enabled 5 Field weakening active 6 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active 7 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression skip bandwidth is active 8 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the maximum limiting is active 9 Several values of the ...

Страница 903: ...rder to be able to still reliably identify the moment of inertia 9 Too few data to be able to reliably identify the moment of inertia 10 After the setpoint step the speed either changed too little or in the incorrect direction 11 The identified moment of inertia is not plausible The measured moment of inertia is less than the 0 1x or greater than 500x the preset moment of inertia of the motor p034...

Страница 904: ...tpoint p1965 or adapt the minimum limit p1080 For fault value 3 adapt the speed setpoint p1965 or suppression skip bandwidths p1091 p1094 p1101 For fault value 4 adapt the speed setpoint p1965 or maximum limit p1082 p1083 and p1086 For fault value 5 increase the torque limits e g p1520 p1521 For fault value 6 reduce the dynamic factor p1967 disable the vibration test p1959 4 0 and repeat the rotat...

Страница 905: ...ns errors The identified parameters are not saved to prevent inconsistencies Note Percentage values are referred to the rated motor impedance Zn Vmot nom sqrt 3 Imot nom Remedy For fault value 1 40 check whether motor data have been correctly entered in p0300 p0304 p0311 is there an appropriate relationship between the motor power rating and that of the power unit The ratio of the power unit to th...

Страница 906: ...y check the power supply replace Control Unit F08501 N A PROFINET Setpoint timeout Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Reaction OFF3 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The reception of setpoints from PROFINET has been interrupted bus connection interrupted controller switched off controller set into the STOP state Remedy Restore the bus...

Страница 907: ...mmissioning software Note The configuration is not applied until the next POWER ON See also p8925 PN interface configuration A08565 PROFINET Consistency error affecting adjustable parameters Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A consistency error was detected when activating the configuration p8925 for the PROFIN...

Страница 908: ...cknowledge NONE Cause The incremental encoder is used for the closed loop position control This means that its power supply cannot be switched off during the PROFIenergy energy saving mode otherwise it would lose its position actual value Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Encoder number Remedy The alarm is automatically withdrawn when the energy saving mode is exited Note The energy saving mode ...

Страница 909: ...parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An error occurred when attempting to activate the copy protection for the memory card Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 A memory card is not inserted 1 An invalid memory card is inserted not SIEMENS Note KHP Know How Protection Remedy insert a valid memory card Try to activate copy protection ...

Страница 910: ...ircuit configuration star delta U f operation Increase up ramp U f operation Check assignment of rated currents of motor and power unit check the line supply quality reduce motor load correct connection of line reactor check the power cable connections check the power cables for short circuit or ground fault check the length of the power cables replace power unit check the line supply phases F3000...

Страница 911: ...icient cooling fan failure overload ambient temperature too high pulse frequency too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature 1 bit 0 01 C Remedy check whether the fan is running check the fan elements check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range check the motor load reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency Notice This fault can o...

Страница 912: ...ed 17 Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A phase failure in the motor feeder cable was detected The signal can also be output in the following cases the motor is correctly connected but the drive has stalled in U f control In this case a current of 0 A is possibly measured in one phase due to asymmetry of the currents the motor is correctly connected however the closed spee...

Страница 913: ...alue r0949 interpret decimal 0 the hardware DC current monitoring has responded short circuit at the braking resistor 0 Absolute value summation current 32767 271 rated current Remedy check the power cable connections check the motor check the CT check the cables and contacts of the brake connection a wire is possibly broken check the braking resistor See also p0287 Ground fault monitoring thresho...

Страница 914: ... Power unit Chip overtemperature Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The chip temperature of the semiconductor has exceeded the permissible limit value the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained insufficient cooling fan failure overload ambient temperature too high pulse frequency too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature dif...

Страница 915: ...able 12 Reserved xxxx Missing internal enable signals power unit inverted bit coded FFFF hex all internal enable signals available Bit 0 Power supply of the IGBT gating shut down Bit 1 Ground fault detected Bit 2 Peak current intervention Bit 3 I2t exceeded Bit 4 Thermal model overtemperature calculated Bit 5 heat sink gating module power unit overtemperature measured Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Overvolt...

Страница 916: ...wledge NONE Cause Hardware current limit for phase V responded The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period closed loop control is incorrectly parameterized fault in the motor or in the power cables the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length motor load too high power unit defective Note Alarm A30031 is always output if for a Power Module the hardware current limiting of ...

Страница 917: ...wer electronics faulted 5 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The maximum operating time of at least one fan will soon be reached or has already been exceeded Alarm value r2124 interpret binary Bit 0 heat sink fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours Bit 1 heat sink fan has exceeded the maximum operating time Bit 8 internal device fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hou...

Страница 918: ...E Cause Frequencies have been detected on the DC link voltage that would suggest line asymmetry or failure of a line phase It is also possible that a motor phase has failed Fault F30011 is output if the alarm is present and at the latest after 5 minutes The precise duration depends on the power unit type and the particular frequencies For booksize and chassis power units the duration also depends ...

Страница 919: ...al 24 V supply for the Control Unit was interrupted for some time 1 hex The Control Unit was withdrawn from the Power Module during operation although the encoderless safe motion monitoring functions are enabled This is not supported After re inserting the Control Unit in operation communications to the Power Module no longer possible 20A hex The Control Unit was inserted on a Power Module which h...

Страница 920: ...unit check the power cable connections check the power cables for short circuit or ground fault check the length of the power cables replace power unit F30081 Power unit Switching operations too frequent Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The power unit has executed too many switching operations for current limitation closed loop control is incorr...

Страница 921: ...OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive integrated Safety Integrated function on processor 2 has detected an error and initiated a STOP A forced checking procedure test stop of the safety switch off signal path on processor 2 unsuccessful subsequent response to fault F30611 defect in a monitoring channel Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 Stop request from processor 1 1005 Pulses ...

Страница 922: ...ROFIsafe control For these fault values the failsafe control signals failsafe values are transferred to the safety functions The significance of the individual message values is described in safety fault F01611 Remedy For fault values 1 999 described in Cause check the cross data comparison that resulted in a STOP F carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on For fault value 1000 check the wiring of...

Страница 923: ...9 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on re commission the Safety Integrated function and carry out a POWER ON contact Technical Support replace Control Unit F30650 SI P2 Acceptance test required Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER O...

Страница 924: ...nsuccessful Note This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on F30655 SI P2 Align monitoring functions Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause An error has occurr...

Страница 925: ...function for Basic Functions although this cannot be supported 20 An attempt was made to simultaneously enable both the drive integrated motion monitoring functions via integrated F DI and STO via terminals even though these cannot be supported at the same time 28 An attempt was made to enable the STO via terminals at the Power Module function although this cannot be supported See also r9771 SI co...

Страница 926: ...ds If at the F DI no acknowledgment was performed for safe acknowledgment then a steady state logical and 0 signal must be present This avoids unintentional safety relevant acknowledgment or the Internal Event Acknowledge signal if a wire breaks or one of the two digital inputs bounces Remedy Set the fail safe digital input F DI to a logical 0 signal p10106 Note F DI Failsafe Digital Input F30680 ...

Страница 927: ...700 57 hex F30682 SI Motion P2 Monitoring function not supported Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The monitoring function enabled in p9301 p9501 p9601 or p9801 is not supported in this firmware version Note This message does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decim...

Страница 928: ...processor 2 p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions Control Unit A30693 F SI P2 Safety parameter settings changed POWER ON required Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Safety parameters have been changed these will only take effect following a POWER ON Notice All changed parameters of the safety motion monitoring...

Страница 929: ... monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause Motion monitoring functions with set acceleration monitoring SAM p9306 3 after initiating STOP B SS1 the velocity has exceeded the selected tolerance Motion monitoring functions with set brake ramp monitoring SBR p9306 1 after initiating STOP B SS1 or SLS changeover to the lower speed stage the spee...

Страница 930: ...aring the two monitoring channels the drive detected a difference between parameters or results of the F IO processing and initiated a STOP F One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions i e safe operation is no longer possible The safety message C30711 with message value 0 is also displayed due to initiation of STOP F If at least one monitoring function is active then safety messa...

Страница 931: ... errors occur consecutively then this message is only signaled for the first error that occurs Remedy check the wiring of the F DI contact problems Note This message can be acknowledged via F DI or PROFIsafe Discrepancy errors of an F DI can only be acknowledged if safe acknowledgment was carried out once after the cause of the error was resolved p10106 acknowledgment via PROFIsafe extended messag...

Страница 932: ... states read back from the hardware bit 0 DO 0 bit 1 DO 1 etc W Required state of the DO channel concerned see X bit 0 DO 0 bit 1 DO 1 etc X DO channels involved which indicate an error bit 0 DO 0 bit 1 DO 1 etc Y Reason for the test stop fault Z State of the test stop in which the fault has occurred Y Reason for the test stop fault Y 1 Processor 1 in incorrect test stop state internal fault Y 2 E...

Страница 933: ...tates were as expected In the case of fault F30773 W and V are always identical a value of 0 always means that 0 was expected at the readback input but was not present on processor 1 Remedy Check the wiring of the fail safe digital output F DO and restart the test stop Note the fault is withdrawn if the test stop is successfully completed in the event of multiple test stop faults the first one tha...

Страница 934: ...d 5 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge NONE Cause The power unit has detected at least one fault Remedy Evaluate the other messages that are presently available F30802 Power unit Time slice overflow Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A time slice overflow has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal xx Time slice number xx Remedy carry out a POWER ON swi...

Страница 935: ...ftware error 1 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred in the power unit Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy replace power unit if required upgrade the firmware in the power unit contact Technical Support F30903 Power unit I2C bus error occurred Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction ...

Страница 936: ...lable 11 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The measured zero mark distance does not correspond to the parameterized zero mark distance For distance coded encoders the zero mark distance is determined from zero marks detected pairs This means that if a zero mark is missing depending on the pair generation this cannot result in a fault and also has...

Страница 937: ...hardware fault output by the Sensor Module The fault value can only be represented between 32768 32767 dec 770 770 mV The signal level is not evaluated unless the following conditions are satisfied Sensor Module properties available r0459 31 1 Monitoring active p0437 31 1 See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check the speed range frequency characteristic amplitude characteris...

Страница 938: ...fault response ENCODER Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable check whether the coding disk is dirty or there are strong ambient magnetic fields adapt the parameter for the clearance between zero marks p0425 if message output above speed threshold reduce filter time if necessary p0438 F31150 N A Encoder...

Страница 939: ... rotary encoder or p0424 linear encoder Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of increments after POWER ON or since the last zero mark that was detected 4 increments 1 encoder pulse Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections check the encoder type encoder with equidistant zero marks adapt the parameter for the clearance between zero marks...

Страница 940: ...o mark pair supplies the reference point for all subsequent checks The other zero mark pairs must have the expected distance to the first zero mark pair Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Deviation in quadrants 1 pulse 4 quadrants See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encode...

Страница 941: ...000 12008 communication with analog digital converter faulted 16000 DRIVE CLiQ encoder initialization application error 16001 DRIVE CLiQ encoder initialization ALU error 16002 DRIVE CLiQ encoder HISI SISI initialization error 16003 DRIVE CLiQ encoder safety initialization error 16004 DRIVE CLiQ encoder internal system error See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy replace the Sen...

Страница 942: ...ification was carried out Please start a new encoder identification yyyy 3 A code number for an identified encoder has been entered into p0400 however no identification was carried out Please select a listed encoder in p0400 with a code number 10000 yyyy 4 This component does not support SSI encoders p0404 9 1 without track A B yyyy 5 For SQW encoder value in p4686 greater than in p0425 yyyy 6 DRI...

Страница 943: ...re 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For the activated function Data logger p0437 0 1 a fault has occurred with the Sensor Module This alarm indicates that the diagnostics data corresponding to the fault was saved on the memory card The diagnostics data is saved in the following folder USER SINAMICS DATA SMTRC00 BIN USER SINAMICS DATA SMTRC07 BIN USER SINAMICS DATA SMTRCIDX TXT The following...

Страница 944: ... bit within 50 ms Bit 3 CRC error The checksum in the protocol from the encoder does not match the data Bit 4 Encoder acknowledgment error The encoder incorrectly understood the task request or cannot execute it Bit 5 Internal error in the serial driver An illegal mode command was requested Bit 6 Timeout when cyclically reading Bit 7 Timeout for the register communication Bit 8 Protocol is too lon...

Страница 945: ...n value incorrect Bit 3 Encoder power supply overvoltage condition Bit 4 Encoder power supply undervoltage condition Bit 5 Encoder power supply overcurrent condition Bit 6 The battery must be changed yyyy 1 Bit 0 Signal amplitude outside the control range Bit 1 Error multiturn interface Bit 2 Internal data error singleturn multiturn not with single steps Bit 3 Error EEPROM interface Bit 4 SAR conv...

Страница 946: ... is not operating correctly Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Encoder malfunction The bit assignment corresponds to that of p0404 e g bit 5 set Error track C D Remedy check that p0404 is correctly set check the encoder type used incremental absolute and for SMCxx the encoder cable if relevant note additional fault messages that describe the fault in detail F32153 N A Encoder 2 Identification...

Страница 947: ...it 0 Signal amplitude outside the control range Bit 1 Error multiturn interface Bit 2 Internal data error singleturn multiturn not with single steps Bit 3 Error EEPROM interface Bit 4 SAR converter error Bit 5 Fault for the register data transfer Bit 6 Internal error identified at the error pin nErr Bit 7 Temperature threshold exceeded or fallen below Remedy Replace encoder A32412 F N Encoder 2 Er...

Страница 948: ...se Internal parameter data is corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy Replace the module F32850 N A Encoder 2 Encoder evaluation internal software error Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred in the Sensor Module of enc...

Страница 949: ...an be determined as follows determine the parameter number using the fault value r0949 determine the parameter index p0187 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal yyyyxxxx dec yyyy supplementary information xxxx parameter xxxx 421 For an EnDat SSI encoder the absolute position in the protocol must be less than or equal to 30 bits yyyy 0 No information available yyyy 1 The component does not support HT...

Страница 950: ...ate the monitoring p0437 25 if the complete multiturn range is not required A32930 N Encoder 2 Data logger has saved data Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For the activated function Data logger p0437 0 1 a fault has occurred with the Sensor Module This alarm indicates that the diagnostics data corresponding to...

Страница 951: ...13 F CPU and PROFIsafe is not activated p9601 3 15 PROFIsafe telegram of the F CPU does not match the setting in p9501 30 See also p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive processor 1 Remedy Check the configuration of the PROFINET controllers as well as the p8929 setting A50010 F PROFINET Consistency error affecting adjustable parameters Message class Communication error to the higher lev...

Страница 952: ...ction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When the run time groups of the free function blocks attempted to log on with the sampling time management the logon of at least one run time group was rejected Too many different hardware sampling times may have been assigned to the free function blocks Remedy check number of available hardware sampling times T_sample 8 ms r7903 F50511 FBLOCKS Memory no lo...

Страница 953: ...ee run time group is 1 ms the equivalent value of 1 ms is used If the value r20003 then the sampling time is set to the next higher or the same software sampling time r21003 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Number of the p20000 index of the run time group where the sampling time is incorrectly set Number of the run time group fault value 1 Remedy correctly set the sampling time of the run time ...

Страница 954: ...4 Faults and alarms 4 2 List of faults and alarms SINAMICS G120D 954 List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 ...

Страница 955: ...A SINAMICS G120D List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 955 Appendix Content A 1 ASCII table characters that can be displayed 956 A 2 Motor code list 959 A 3 List of abbreviations 960 ...

Страница 956: ...ace 33 21 Exclamation mark 34 22 Quotation mark 35 23 Number sign 36 24 Dollar 37 25 Percent 38 26 Ampersand 39 27 Apostrophe closing single quotation mark 40 28 Opening parenthesis 41 29 Closing parenthesis 42 2A Asterisk 43 2B Plus 44 2C Comma 45 2D Hyphen minus 46 2E Period decimal point 47 2F Slash slant 0 48 30 Digit 0 1 49 31 Digit 1 2 50 32 Digit 2 3 51 33 Digit 3 4 52 34 Digit 4 5 53 35 Di...

Страница 957: ... 4E Capital letter N O 79 4F Capital letter O P 80 50 Capital letter P Q 81 51 Capital letter Q R 82 52 Capital letter R S 83 53 Capital letter S T 84 54 Capital letter T U 85 55 Capital letter U V 86 56 Capital letter V W 87 57 Capital letter W X 88 58 Capital letter X Y 89 59 Capital letter Y Z 90 5A Capital letter Z 91 5B Opening bracket 92 5C Backslash 93 5D Closing bracket 94 5E Circumflex _ ...

Страница 958: ...109 6D Small letter m n 110 6E Small letter n o 111 6F Small letter o p 112 70 Small letter p q 113 71 Small letter q r 114 72 Small letter r s 115 73 Small letter s t 116 74 Small letter t u 117 75 Small letter u v 118 76 Small letter v w 119 77 Small letter w x 120 78 Small letter x y 121 79 Small letter y z 122 7A Small letter z 123 7B Opening brace 124 7C Vertical line 125 7D Closing brace 126...

Страница 959: ...H14 01 2016 A5E33842313 959 A Appendix A 2 Motor code list A 2 Motor code list Table A 2 Motor code for synchronous motors Article number Motor type p0300 Motor code p0301 1LE400x 1ABxx xxxx 204 20401 1LE400x 1BBxx xxxx 204 20402 ...

Страница 960: ...ard Code for Information Interchange American coding standard for the exchange of information AS i AS Interface Actuator Sensor Interface AS interface open bus system in automation technology ASM Asynchronmotor Induction motor B BB Betriebsbedingung Operation condition BERO Contactless proximity switch BI Binector Input Binector input BIA Berufsgenossenschaftliches Institut für Arbeitssicherheit B...

Страница 961: ...ve Control Block Drive Control Block DCBRK DC Brake DC braking DCC Drive Control Chart Drive Control Chart DCN Direct Current Negative Direct current negative DCP Direct Current Positive Direct current positive DDC Dynamic Drive Control Dynamic Drive Control DDS Drive Data Set Drive Data Set DI Digital Input Digital input DI DO Digital Input Digital Output Digital input output bidirectional DMC DR...

Страница 962: ...ial Service Mode Essential service mode ESR Extended Stop and Retract Extended stop and retract F F Fault Fault FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions FBLOCKS Free Blocks Free function blocks FCC Function control chart Function control chart FCC Flux Current Control Flux current control FD Function Diagram Function diagram F DI Fail safe Digital Input Failsafe digital input F DO...

Страница 963: ...EC International Electrotechnical Commission International Electrotechnical Commission IF Interface Interface IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Insulated gate bipolar transistor IGCT Integrated Gate Controlled Thyristor Semiconductor power switch with integrated control electrode IL Impulslöschung Pulse suppression IP Internet Protocol Internet protocol IPO Interpolator Interpolator IT Isolé ...

Страница 964: ...be N N C Not Connected Not connected N No Report No report or internal message NAMUR Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft für Mess und Regeltechnik in der chemischen Industrie Standardization association for measurement and control in chemical industries NC Normally Closed contact NC contacts NC Numerical Control Numerical control NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standardization association...

Страница 965: ...nent Magnet Synchronous Motor Permanent magnet synchronous motor PN PROFINET PROFINET PNO PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation PROFIBUS user organization PPI Point to Point Interface Point to point interface PRBS Pseudo Random Binary Signal White noise PROFIBUS Process Field Bus Serial data bus PS Power Supply Power supply PSA Power Stack Adapter Power Stack Adapter PT1000 Temperature sensor PTC Positive T...

Страница 966: ...eleration monitoring SBC Safe Brake Control Safe brake control SBH Sicherer Betriebshalt Safe operating stop SBR Safe Brake Ramp Safe brake ramp monitoring SBT Safe Brake Test Safe brake test SCA Safe Cam Safe cam SCC Safety Control Channel Safety Control Channel SD Card SecureDigital Card Secure digital memory card SDC Standard Drive Control Standard Drive Control SDI Safe Direction Safe motion d...

Страница 967: ...afe Torque Off Safe torque off STW Steuerwort Control word T TB Terminal Board Terminal Board TIA Totally Integrated Automation Totally Integrated Automation TM Terminal Module Terminal module TN Terre Neutre Grounded three phase line supply Tn Integral time TPDO Transmit Process Data Object Transmit Process Data Object TT Terre Terre Grounded three phase line supply TTL Transistor Transistor Logi...

Страница 968: ...eak VSM Voltage Sensing Module Voltage Sensing Module W WEA Wiedereinschaltautomatik Automatic restart WZM Werkzeugmaschine Machine tool X XML Extensible Markup Language Extensible markup language standard language for Web publishing and document management Y Z ZK Zwischenkreis DC link ZM Zero Mark Zero mark ZSW Zustandswort Status Word Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance ...

Страница 969: ...46 PROFIdrive STW3 control word interconnection 620 2450 PROFIdrive PZD send signals interconnection 621 2451 PROFIdrive ZSW1 status word interconnection p2038 2 622 2452 PROFIdrive ZSW1 status word interconnection p2038 0 623 2454 PROFIdrive ZSW2 status word interconnection p2038 0 624 2456 PROFIdrive ZSW3 status word interconnection 625 2460 PROFIdrive MELDW status word interconnection 626 2462 ...

Страница 970: ...ontrol missing enable signals line contactor control 658 2701 Basic brake control 660 2800 Parameter manager 662 2802 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 663 2804 Status words 664 2810 STO Safe Torque Off 665 2813 F DI Fail safe Digital Input 666 2818 Parameter manager 668 2819 SS1 Safe Stop 1 internal STOP A B F 669 2820 SLS Safely Limited Speed 670 2823 SSM Safe Speed Monitor 671 2824 SDI Saf...

Страница 971: ...position sensing motor encoder ASM PMSM encoder 1 717 4720 Encoder interface receive signals encoders 1 3 718 4730 Encoder interface send signals encoders 1 2 719 4735 Encoder evaluation reference marksearch with equivalent zero mark encoder 1 720 4750 Absolute value for incremental encoder 721 6020 Speed control and generation of the torque limits overview 723 6030 Speed setpoint droop 724 6031 P...

Страница 972: ...72 7951 Fixed value selection direct p2216 1 773 7954 Motorized potentiometer 774 7958 Closed loop control 775 8005 Overview signals and monitoring functions 777 8010 Speed signals 1 778 8011 Speed signals 2 779 8012 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 780 8013 Load monitoring 781 8016 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 782 8017 Motor temperature model 1 I2t 783 ...

Страница 973: ...ers 16 DCBRAKE 802 DDS Drive Data Set 18 795 797 Dependency parameter 21 Description parameter 20 Direction of rotation limiting 683 Direction reversal 683 Directory ASCII table 956 Complete table of contents 5 Index 969 List of abbreviations 960 Table of contents function diagrams 592 Display Alarms 800 Faults 800 Display parameters 13 Drive data sets 795 Dynamic index parameters 18 E EDS Encoder...

Страница 974: ...2038 0 624 PROFIdrive ZSW3 status word interconnection 625 PROFIdrive EtherNet IP addresses and diagnostics 614 Function diagrams basic positioner EPOS Control word block selection MDI selection 706 Direct setpoint input MDI 702 Direct setpoint input MDI mode dynamic values 701 Flying referencing mode p2597 1 697 Interpolator 705 Jog mode 695 Mode control 703 Referencing reference point approach m...

Страница 975: ...Functions F D Fail safe Digital Input 666 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 663 Parameter manager 662 Status words 664 STO Safe Torque Off 665 Function diagrams Safety Integrated Extended Functions Control and status word 673 Extended Functions via F DI 676 Extended Functions via PROFIsafe 9601 2 1 and 9601 3 1 679 682 Fail safe digital inputs F DI 0 F DI 2 674 Fail safe digital output F DO 0...

Страница 976: ...ol overview 730 Upper lower torque limit 735 Fxxxx 804 G General About parameters 12 on faults and alarms 800 on function diagrams 598 I IASC 802 Index Parameters 13 Index parameters 20 Industrial security 9 Internal control words 640 Internal control status words 640 J Jogging 683 688 L Linked parameters 13 List Abbreviations 960 ASCII table 956 Binector inputs BI parameters 574 Binector outputs ...

Страница 977: ...word for access level 4 15 PDS Power unit Data Set 18 Position control 710 Process data 609 612 PROFIBUS 609 612 PROFIdrive 609 612 PROFINET 609 612 pxxxx 13 Q Quick commissioning parameters 589 R Ramp function generator 683 Reaction to faults 801 Resetting faults 808 rxxxx 13 S Safety instructions Fundamental 7 General 8 Industrial security 9 Safety instructions parameter 21 Safety Integrated Bas...

Страница 978: ...Index SINAMICS G120D 978 List Manual LH14 01 2016 A5E33842313 ...

Страница 979: ......

Страница 980: ...iemens AG Digital Factory Motion Control P O Box 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Subject to change Siemens AG 2012 2016 Find out more on SINAMICS G120D by scanning the QR code www siemens com sinamics g120d ...

Результаты поиска

Содержание SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

Отзывы:

Похожие инструкции для SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды

Siemens SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP, Руководство пользователя

Результаты поиска

Содержание SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

Отзывы:

Похожие инструкции для SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды